<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kti</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kti"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Kti"/>
	<updated>2026-05-05T19:01:14Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=63804</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=63804"/>
		<updated>2022-10-19T12:18:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Where is my old my.innovaphone?==&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t worry, just login with your old my.innovaphone account! You will be asked to confirm your forename and surname (just a &#039;&#039;&#039;natural person&#039;&#039;&#039; is allowed) and accept some terms and conditions.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards you find the old license/device view inside the [[#Licenses_tab | Licenses tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About==&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone allows the handling of licenses and includes the handling of device warranty and software service agreements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also sign contracts here for different purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
* Spanish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
* Polish (partially)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;I would like to create a new personal user account&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my.innovaphone company with the &amp;quot;Create company account&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to invite your email address to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Inside the license tab of the my.innovaphone portal, you will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Left bar==&lt;br /&gt;
If you open the left bar, you have the options to:&lt;br /&gt;
* select one of your companies&lt;br /&gt;
* edit your personal user account&lt;br /&gt;
** user name&lt;br /&gt;
** email address&lt;br /&gt;
** flag to recieve SSA expiry emails&lt;br /&gt;
** password&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new company&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone bar.png|center|thumb|200px|Left bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Main tabs==&lt;br /&gt;
Inside each company you see the three main tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
* Authorized persons&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (see [[#Licenses_tab | Licenses tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also have two buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add Contract (just as company administrator or with the contract right)&lt;br /&gt;
* Invite person (just as company administrator)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone main.png|center|thumb|200px|Main view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Inside the contracts tab, you see all your contracts and you can download these conracts.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In general, contracts must be first approved by innovaphone, so you see three types of contracts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* open contracts which must be approved by innovaphone first&lt;br /&gt;
* approved contracts which can be already used&lt;br /&gt;
* cancelled contracts which are not valid anymore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Myinnovaphone contracts.png|center|thumb|200px|Conracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These type of contracts currently exist:&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone myApps Cloud Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to use the innovaphone myApps Cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== innovaphone software rental ====&lt;br /&gt;
Conclude this contract to rent innovaphone software products. You must conclude this contract if you want to use the software rental inside the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Authorized persons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see all persons which exist inside your company. Each person can have the following rights:&lt;br /&gt;
* Administrator (everything)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contracts (can conclude contracts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses (can work with licenses)&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewer (can just see everything without doing something)&lt;br /&gt;
* Locked (cannot even login to this company anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licenses ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here comes the old my.innovaphone view which allows the handling of devices, licenses, activation keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search (inside licenses tab)==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the licenses tab you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hardware rental orders (part of the innovaphone order number or your own order reference or a MAC address of an order)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for products, e.g. 01-00811 für IP811 (such a search may take longer!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses tab==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rental====&lt;br /&gt;
Projects starting and ending with the &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; sign in their name are rental projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The name corresponds to the domain name of a Devices App installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All software licensing and device management can be just done through the Devices App itself, see [[Reference13r1:Concept_App_Service_Devices#Rental_program_and_Payment_method]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Just &#039;&#039;&#039;hardware licenses&#039;&#039;&#039; still need to be bound inside my.innovaphone currently and have to be downloaded there and uploaded on the device itself just as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For this option to work, you have to link your innovaphone customer ID (5 digits) to your my.innovaphone company. (As the warranty is also the one we grant to our distributors, we don&#039;t want to get an end customer confused.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important: Since V11, trial licenses are valid for 3 months and can be released once for a dedicated device. After expiration of those 3 months no further trial license creation for this device is possible.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Mix of rental and purchased licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;&#039;13r2 SR12&#039;&#039;&#039; onwards you can mix rental and purchased licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A device with rental licenses will be always inside a rental project (you recognize such a project by it&#039;s starting and ending &#039;&#039;&#039;$&#039;&#039;&#039; in the name).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can now add licenses from the balance to a device in such a rental project.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you invalidate lifetime licenses on such a device, just purchased licenses are returned. Rental licenses stay bound until you remove them inside your Devices App! (under rental menu)&lt;br /&gt;
Inside my.innovaphone you will always see both rental and purchased licenses. Inside the Devices App, you will just see the rental licenses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must download and/or install the purchased licenses as usual.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A 13r1 PBX or a PBX with an older SR will just recognize rented licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinterface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* no &#039;In House&#039; licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]] (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation)&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices (select the corresponding device)-&amp;gt;Invalidation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users SSA expiry email flag, import other companies or add your companies innovaphone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can just edit the SSA expiry email flag here. The other user settings moved to the [[#Authorized Persons | Authorized persons tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open cases and [[Understanding_the_innovaphone_trouble_ticket_status_page#Information_available | additional info regarding their state]] in our ticket system. This list is composed of all tickets assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Often used functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can click on the &#039;&#039;History&#039;&#039; link to get an overview of the already made communication with our support/presales-team.&lt;br /&gt;
* Another important new function is the option to upload larger files to your support/presales tickets using the &#039;&#039;Fileupload&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference13r2:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
my.innovaphone supports the following MAC address ranges:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-56-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-15-5d-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-03-ff-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0d-3a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-12-5a-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-17-fa-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-50-f2-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-d8-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-05-69-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1c-14-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-0c-29-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-1d-db-...&lt;br /&gt;
* 5a-ad-1d-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V13: May 13th 2019&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties | Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remove a device from a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;delDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create a new project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters: you must use the project_id and trust value of an already existing project!&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;createProject&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_name: the name of the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[project_desc]: optional, a description for the new project&lt;br /&gt;
:;[update_url]: optional, an update URL for the project (do not forget to URL encode the value inside your HTTP GET request!)&lt;br /&gt;
:;[ssa_due_date]: optional, a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;projectId: the project id of the created project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The newly created project is created with the same trust value which was used for the creation request. This allows you to directly use the API with the new project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internet Explorer doesn&#039;t work===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, that&#039;s correct. Please use an up to date version of Chrome, Firefox or Edge!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=55925</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=55925"/>
		<updated>2020-04-15T22:13:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in kg and dimensions of packaging in mm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !! Net weight in kg !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm !! Dimensions without packaging in mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00011-001 || IP0011 || 0,80 || 1,06 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-001 || IP29 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-003 || IP29-2 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-004 || IP29-4 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-005 || IP29-8 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00038-001 || IP38 || 0,69 || 0,94 || 230 X 225 X 80 || 210 X 133 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00110-002 || IP110A || 0,39 || 0,73 || 225 X 205 X 70 || 190 X 160 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00101-001 || IP101 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00102-001 || IP102 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00111-001 || IP111 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00112-001 || IP112 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-001 || IP150 IP Phone|| 1,90 || 2,93 || 385 X 255 X 200 || 270 X 190 X 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-010 || Ferntel IP HH with Headphones || 3,26 || 6,00 || 400 x 305 x 335 || 195 x 295 x 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00200-002 || IPPhone200 || 0,63 || 1,16 || 320 X 224 X 100 || 220 X 220 X 85&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-001 || IP222 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-002 || IP222 (White) || 0,46 || 1,18 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00230-001 || IP230-X || 0,23 || 0,40 || 240 X 160 X 70 || 190 X 100 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-001 || IP232 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-002 || IP232 (White) || 0,52 || 1,21 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00240-003 || IP240 || 0,81 || 1,39 || 355 X 240 X 110 || 270 X 190 X 98&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00241-001 || IP241 || 0,80 || 1,36 || 335 X 240 X 110 || 268 X 190 X 100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-001 || IP2X2-X (Black) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-002 || IP2X2-X (White) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00302-001 || IP302 || 0,69 || 1,03 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00305-001 || IP305 || 0,69 || 1,02 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00311-001 || IP311 || 0,83 || 1,08 || 235x228x85 || 210x149x34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00411-001 || IP411 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00800-016 || IP800 || 1,30 || 1,80 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 185 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00811-001 || IP811 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00999-001 || IP800-RACK || 1,18 || 1,38 || 510 x 195 x 60 || 483 x 186 x 49&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-01130-001 || IP1130 || 1,03 || 1,28 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-03011-001 || IP3011 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06010-002 || IP6010 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 213 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-002 || 12 V PSU with int. Adapter for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 110 X 94 X 70 || 77 X 35 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-004 || 12 V PSU for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 105 X 96 X 39 || 73 X 75 X 27&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-009 || mSata 32GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-010 || mSata 128GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-011 || mSata 256GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-231 || PoE Adapter Gigabit || 0,34 || 0,42 || 116 X 21 X 56 || 50 X 138 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-001 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 EU || 0,23 || 0,32 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 95 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-002 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 UK/US/AUS || 0,31 || 0,39 || 173x115x65 || 90x70x100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-005 || DECT Battery IP61/IP64 || 0,17 || 0,18 || 60 X 55 X 10 || 47 X 35 X 7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-006 || DECT Multicharger IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 1,66 || 1,88 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-007 || DECT Battery Multicharger IP62/IP63 || 1,48 || 1,7 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-008 || DECT Battery IP62 / IP63 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-009 || Dect Swivel Clip IP62 / IP63 / IP64 || 0,20 || 0,22 || 105 X 80 X 10 || 55 X 50 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-010 || DECT Safety Belt IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 0,006 || 0,008 || 97 X 60 X 20 || 70 X 45 X 20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-011 || Dect Standard Clip IP61/IP64 || 0,008 || 0,01 || 60 X 25 X 25 || 55 X 23 X 25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-012 || DECT Standard Clip IP62 / IP63 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-016 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP61 / IP62 / IP63 || 0,01 || 0,02 || 245 X 130 X 10 || 300 X 20 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-017 || Dect PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e EU || 0,226 || 0,258 || 130 x 90 x 65 || 96 x 83 x 29&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-018 || DECT PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e UK || 0,230 || 0,266 || 130 x 90 x 62 || 70 x 25 x 45&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-021 || Desktop programmer IP62/IP64/IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 140 X 80 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-023 || Dect Battery Multicharger IP65 || 1,5 || 1,72 || 495x165x125 || 455x150x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-024 || Dect Standard Clip IP65 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-025 || Dect Swivel Clip IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 120x80x10 || 50x55x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-026 || Dect Leathercase IP64 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 150x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-027 || Dect Leathercase IP65 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 145x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-028 || Dect Battery IP65 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-029 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,04 || 185x40x30 || 1000x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-030 || Dect Headset mono IP61 / IP62 / IP63 / IP64 / IP65 || 0,04 || 0,18 || 190x145x70 || 1000x45x25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-032 || Dect Adapter for Headset mono IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 245x130 || 330x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00062-001 || IP62 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,19 || 145 X 80 X 40 || 133 X 45 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00064-004 || IP64 || 0,12 || 0,16 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4,0 || 5,5 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00065-001 || IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4 || 5,2 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-001 || D81 DECT phone || 0,176 || 0,278 || 160 X 70 X 45 || 140 X 55 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-002 || D81 ex. DECT phone || 0,18 || 0,28 || 73 x 163 x 47 || 54 x 140 x 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-003 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/D81 ex. EU || 0,18 || 0,35 || 145 X 117 X 74 || 90 X 105 X 55&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-004 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/I62/D81 ex. UK || 0,31 || 0,40 || 180 X 115 X 70 || 90 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-005 || battery D81 || 0,03 || 0,03 || 120 X 72 X 11 || 72 X 43 X 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-006 || battery D81 ex || 0,02 || 0,06 || 65 x 158 x 45 || 40 x 70 x 12&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-007 || Battery pack opener D81 ex. || 0,004 || 0,008 || 140 X 100 X 6 || 70 X 40 X 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-009 || D81 belt Clip || 0,02 || 0,02 || 90 x 148 x 30 || 42 x 78 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-010 || D81 Leathercase || 0,08 || 0,088 || 245 X 165 X 60 || 145 X 55 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-001 || IP1202 || 0,40 || 0,51 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-002 || IP1202 (4 Channel) || 0,38 || 0,49 || 185 x 173 x 67 || 162 x 162 x 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-003 || IP1202e || 0,43 || 0,62 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-004 || IP1202e Double directional antenna || 0,15 || 0,32 || 270 X 125 X 45 || 100 X 95 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-005 || IP1202e Single directional antenna || 0,70 || 1,02 || 320 X 145 X 132 || 265 X 140 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-006 || IP1202e Omnidirectional antenna || 0,472 || 0,314 || 440 X 92 X 115 || 1530 X 30 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-007 || IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e Additional housing transparent  || 1,51 || 1,51 || 360 x 254 x 114 || 360 x 254 x 114&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-008 || IP1202 / IP1202e Additional housing with trace heating  || 6,80 || 7,00 || 410 X 225 X 430 || 390 X 205 X 410&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-007 || IP29-20  || 1,66 || 1,82 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 225 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|} &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 storage temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated January 2019 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a pallet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !!Articles in pallet !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm &lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-030&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-035&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP241&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-037&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-038&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-039&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-040&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-069&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP111&lt;br /&gt;
|120 (midyear of 2020, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
|150 (midyear of 2020 -188)&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 120 (midyear 2020 - 105)&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-072&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP112&lt;br /&gt;
|165&lt;br /&gt;
|188&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 105&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-087&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP101&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-088&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP102&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=54886</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=54886"/>
		<updated>2020-01-30T09:38:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in kg and dimensions of packaging in mm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !! Net weight in kg !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm !! Dimensions without packaging in mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00011-001 || IP0011 || 0,80 || 1,06 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-001 || IP29 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-003 || IP29-2 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-004 || IP29-4 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-005 || IP29-8 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00038-001 || IP38 || 0,69 || 0,94 || 230 X 225 X 80 || 210 X 133 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00110-002 || IP110A || 0,39 || 0,73 || 225 X 205 X 70 || 190 X 160 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00101-001 || IP101 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00102-001 || IP102 || 0,66 || 0,8 || 200 X 235 X 80 || 160 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00111-001 || IP111 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00112-001 || IP112 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-001 || IP150 IP Phone|| 1,90 || 2,93 || 385 X 255 X 200 || 270 X 190 X 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-010 || Ferntel IP HH with Headphones || 3,26 || 6,00 || 400 x 305 x 335 || 195 x 295 x 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00200-002 || IPPhone200 || 0,63 || 1,16 || 320 X 224 X 100 || 220 X 220 X 85&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-001 || IP222 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-002 || IP222 (White) || 0,46 || 1,18 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00230-001 || IP230-X || 0,23 || 0,40 || 240 X 160 X 70 || 190 X 100 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-001 || IP232 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-002 || IP232 (White) || 0,52 || 1,21 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00240-003 || IP240 || 0,81 || 1,39 || 355 X 240 X 110 || 270 X 190 X 98&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00241-001 || IP241 || 0,80 || 1,36 || 335 X 240 X 110 || 268 X 190 X 100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-001 || IP2X2-X (Black) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-002 || IP2X2-X (White) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00302-001 || IP302 || 0,69 || 1,03 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00305-001 || IP305 || 0,69 || 1,02 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00311-001 || IP311 || 0,83 || 1,08 || 235x228x85 || 210x149x34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00411-001 || IP411 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00800-016 || IP800 || 1,30 || 1,80 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 185 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00811-001 || IP811 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00999-001 || IP800-RACK || 1,18 || 1,38 || 510 x 195 x 60 || 483 x 186 x 49&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-01130-001 || IP1130 || 1,03 || 1,28 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-03011-001 || IP3011 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06010-002 || IP6010 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 213 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-002 || 12 V PSU with int. Adapter for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 110 X 94 X 70 || 77 X 35 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-004 || 12 V PSU for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 105 X 96 X 39 || 73 X 75 X 27&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-009 || mSata 32GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-010 || mSata 128GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-011 || mSata 256GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-231 || PoE Adapter Gigabit || 0,34 || 0,42 || 116 X 21 X 56 || 50 X 138 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-001 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 EU || 0,23 || 0,32 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 95 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-002 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 UK/US/AUS || 0,31 || 0,39 || 173x115x65 || 90x70x100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-005 || DECT Battery IP61/IP64 || 0,17 || 0,18 || 60 X 55 X 10 || 47 X 35 X 7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-006 || DECT Multicharger IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 1,66 || 1,88 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-007 || DECT Battery Multicharger IP62/IP63 || 1,48 || 1,7 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-008 || DECT Battery IP62 / IP63 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-009 || Dect Swivel Clip IP62 / IP63 / IP64 || 0,20 || 0,22 || 105 X 80 X 10 || 55 X 50 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-010 || DECT Safety Belt IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 0,006 || 0,008 || 97 X 60 X 20 || 70 X 45 X 20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-011 || Dect Standard Clip IP61/IP64 || 0,008 || 0,01 || 60 X 25 X 25 || 55 X 23 X 25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-012 || DECT Standard Clip IP62 / IP63 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-016 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP61 / IP62 / IP63 || 0,01 || 0,02 || 245 X 130 X 10 || 300 X 20 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-017 || Dect PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e EU || 0,226 || 0,258 || 130 x 90 x 65 || 96 x 83 x 29&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-018 || DECT PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e UK || 0,230 || 0,266 || 130 x 90 x 62 || 70 x 25 x 45&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-021 || Desktop programmer IP62/IP64/IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 140 X 80 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-023 || Dect Battery Multicharger IP65 || 1,5 || 1,72 || 495x165x125 || 455x150x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-024 || Dect Standard Clip IP65 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-025 || Dect Swivel Clip IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 120x80x10 || 50x55x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-026 || Dect Leathercase IP64 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 150x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-027 || Dect Leathercase IP65 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 145x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-028 || Dect Battery IP65 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-029 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,04 || 185x40x30 || 1000x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-030 || Dect Headset mono IP61 / IP62 / IP63 / IP64 / IP65 || 0,04 || 0,18 || 190x145x70 || 1000x45x25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-032 || Dect Adapter for Headset mono IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 245x130 || 330x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00062-001 || IP62 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,19 || 145 X 80 X 40 || 133 X 45 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00064-004 || IP64 || 0,12 || 0,16 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4,0 || 5,5 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00065-001 || IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4 || 5,2 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-001 || D81 DECT phone || 0,176 || 0,278 || 160 X 70 X 45 || 140 X 55 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-002 || D81 ex. DECT phone || 0,18 || 0,28 || 73 x 163 x 47 || 54 x 140 x 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-003 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/D81 ex. EU || 0,18 || 0,35 || 145 X 117 X 74 || 90 X 105 X 55&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-004 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/I62/D81 ex. UK || 0,31 || 0,40 || 180 X 115 X 70 || 90 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-005 || battery D81 || 0,03 || 0,03 || 120 X 72 X 11 || 72 X 43 X 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-006 || battery D81 ex || 0,02 || 0,06 || 65 x 158 x 45 || 40 x 70 x 12&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-007 || Battery pack opener D81 ex. || 0,004 || 0,008 || 140 X 100 X 6 || 70 X 40 X 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-009 || D81 belt Clip || 0,02 || 0,02 || 90 x 148 x 30 || 42 x 78 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-010 || D81 Leathercase || 0,08 || 0,088 || 245 X 165 X 60 || 145 X 55 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-001 || IP1202 || 0,40 || 0,51 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-002 || IP1202 (4 Channel) || 0,38 || 0,49 || 185 x 173 x 67 || 162 x 162 x 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-003 || IP1202e || 0,43 || 0,62 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-004 || IP1202e Double directional antenna || 0,15 || 0,32 || 270 X 125 X 45 || 100 X 95 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-005 || IP1202e Single directional antenna || 0,70 || 1,02 || 320 X 145 X 132 || 265 X 140 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-006 || IP1202e Omnidirectional antenna || 0,472 || 0,314 || 440 X 92 X 115 || 1530 X 30 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-007 || IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e Additional housing transparent  || 1,51 || 1,51 || 360 x 254 x 114 || 360 x 254 x 114&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-008 || IP1202 / IP1202e Additional housing with trace heating  || 6,80 || 7,00 || 410 X 225 X 430 || 390 X 205 X 410&lt;br /&gt;
|} &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 storage temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated January 2019 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a pallet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !!Articles in pallet !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm &lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-030&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-       &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-035&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP241&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|134&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-037&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-038&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-039&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-040&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|230&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-069&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP111&lt;br /&gt;
|120 (midyear of 2020, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-072&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP112&lt;br /&gt;
|165&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|single-use 120 x 80 x 120&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-087&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP101&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-088&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP102&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|135&lt;br /&gt;
|EURO pallet 120 x 80 x 110&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=51341</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=51341"/>
		<updated>2019-02-22T07:23:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* storage parameters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in kg and dimensions of packaging in mm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !! Net weight in kg !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm !! Dimensions without packaging in mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00011-001 || IP0011 || 0,80 || 1,06 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-001 || IP29 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-003 || IP29-2 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-004 || IP29-4 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-005 || IP29-8 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00038-001 || IP38 || 0,69 || 0,94 || 230 X 225 X 80 || 210 X 133 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00110-002 || IP110A || 0,39 || 0,73 || 225 X 205 X 70 || 190 X 160 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00111-001 || IP111 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00112-001 || IP112 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-001 || IP150 IP Phone|| 1,90 || 2,93 || 385 X 255 X 200 || 270 X 190 X 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-010 || Ferntel IP HH with Headphones || 3,26 || 6,00 || 400 x 305 x 335 || 195 x 295 x 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00200-002 || IPPhone200 || 0,63 || 1,16 || 320 X 224 X 100 || 220 X 220 X 85&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-001 || IP222 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-002 || IP222 (White) || 0,46 || 1,18 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00230-001 || IP230-X || 0,23 || 0,40 || 240 X 160 X 70 || 190 X 100 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-001 || IP232 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-002 || IP232 (White) || 0,52 || 1,21 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00240-003 || IP240 || 0,81 || 1,39 || 355 X 240 X 110 || 270 X 190 X 98&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00241-001 || IP241 || 0,80 || 1,36 || 335 X 240 X 110 || 268 X 190 X 100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-001 || IP2X2-X (Black) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-002 || IP2X2-X (White) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00302-001 || IP302 || 0,69 || 1,03 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00305-001 || IP305 || 0,69 || 1,02 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00311-001 || IP311 || 0,83 || 1,08 || 235x228x85 || 210x149x34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00411-001 || IP411 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00800-016 || IP800 || 1,30 || 1,80 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 185 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00811-001 || IP811 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00999-001 || IP800-RACK || 1,18 || 1,38 || 510 x 195 x 60 || 483 x 186 x 49&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-01130-001 || IP1130 || 1,03 || 1,28 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-03011-001 || IP3011 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06010-002 || IP6010 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 213 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-002 || 12 V PSU with int. Adapter for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 110 X 94 X 70 || 77 X 35 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-004 || 12 V PSU for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 105 X 96 X 39 || 73 X 75 X 27&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-009 || mSata 32GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-010 || mSata 128GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-011 || mSata 256GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-231 || PoE Adapter Gigabit || 0,34 || 0,42 || 116 X 21 X 56 || 50 X 138 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-001 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 EU || 0,23 || 0,32 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 95 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-002 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 UK/US/AUS || 0,31 || 0,39 || 173x115x65 || 90x70x100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-005 || DECT Battery IP61/IP64 || 0,17 || 0,18 || 60 X 55 X 10 || 47 X 35 X 7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-006 || DECT Multicharger IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 1,66 || 1,88 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-007 || DECT Battery Multicharger IP62/IP63 || 1,48 || 1,7 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-008 || DECT Battery IP62 / IP63 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-009 || Dect Swivel Clip IP62 / IP63 / IP64 || 0,20 || 0,22 || 105 X 80 X 10 || 55 X 50 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-010 || DECT Safety Belt IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 0,006 || 0,008 || 97 X 60 X 20 || 70 X 45 X 20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-011 || Dect Standard Clip IP61/IP64 || 0,008 || 0,01 || 60 X 25 X 25 || 55 X 23 X 25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-012 || DECT Standard Clip IP62 / IP63 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-016 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP61 / IP62 / IP63 || 0,01 || 0,02 || 245 X 130 X 10 || 300 X 20 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-017 || Dect PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e EU || 0,226 || 0,258 || 130 x 90 x 65 || 96 x 83 x 29&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-018 || DECT PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e UK || 0,230 || 0,266 || 130 x 90 x 62 || 70 x 25 x 45&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-021 || Desktop programmer IP62/IP64/IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 140 X 80 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-023 || Dect Battery Multicharger IP65 || 1,5 || 1,72 || 495x165x125 || 455x150x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-024 || Dect Standard Clip IP65 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-025 || Dect Swivel Clip IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 120x80x10 || 50x55x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-026 || Dect Leathercase IP64 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 150x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-027 || Dect Leathercase IP65 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 145x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-028 || Dect Battery IP65 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-029 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,04 || 185x40x30 || 1000x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-030 || Dect Headset mono IP61 / IP62 / IP63 / IP64 / IP65 || 0,04 || 0,18 || 190x145x70 || 1000x45x25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-032 || Dect Adapter for Headset mono IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 245x130 || 330x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00062-001 || IP62 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,19 || 145 X 80 X 40 || 133 X 45 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00064-004 || IP64 || 0,12 || 0,16 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4,0 || 5,5 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00065-001 || IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4 || 5,2 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-001 || D81 DECT phone || 0,176 || 0,278 || 160 X 70 X 45 || 140 X 55 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-002 || D81 ex. DECT phone || 0,18 || 0,28 || 73 x 163 x 47 || 54 x 140 x 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-003 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/D81 ex. EU || 0,18 || 0,35 || 145 X 117 X 74 || 90 X 105 X 55&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-004 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/I62/D81 ex. UK || 0,31 || 0,40 || 180 X 115 X 70 || 90 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-005 || battery D81 || 0,03 || 0,03 || 120 X 72 X 11 || 72 X 43 X 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-006 || battery D81 ex || 0,02 || 0,06 || 65 x 158 x 45 || 40 x 70 x 12&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-007 || Battery pack opener D81 ex. || 0,004 || 0,008 || 140 X 100 X 6 || 70 X 40 X 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-009 || D81 belt Clip || 0,02 || 0,02 || 90 x 148 x 30 || 42 x 78 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-010 || D81 Leathercase || 0,08 || 0,088 || 245 X 165 X 60 || 145 X 55 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-001 || IP1202 || 0,40 || 0,51 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-002 || IP1202 (4 Channel) || 0,38 || 0,49 || 185 x 173 x 67 || 162 x 162 x 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-003 || IP1202e || 0,43 || 0,62 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-004 || IP1202e Double directional antenna || 0,15 || 0,32 || 270 X 125 X 45 || 100 X 95 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-005 || IP1202e Single directional antenna || 0,70 || 1,02 || 320 X 145 X 132 || 265 X 140 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-006 || IP1202e Omnidirectional antenna || 0,472 || 0,314 || 440 X 92 X 115 || 1530 X 30 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-007 || IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e Additional housing transparent  || 1,51 || 1,51 || 360 x 254 x 114 || 360 x 254 x 114&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-008 || IP1202 / IP1202e Additional housing with trace heating  || 6,80 || 7,00 || 410 X 225 X 430 || 390 X 205 X 410&lt;br /&gt;
|} &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 storage temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated January 2019 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a pallet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|article number&lt;br /&gt;
|article description&lt;br /&gt;
|units / pallet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-027&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP110&lt;br /&gt;
|220&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-028&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IPPhone 200&lt;br /&gt;
|114&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-029&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP230&lt;br /&gt;
|114&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-030&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-031&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP230-X&lt;br /&gt;
|60&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-032&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240-1000&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-035&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP241&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-037&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-038&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-039&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-040&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-069&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP111&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-072&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP112&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-087&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP101&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-088&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP102&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=51340</id>
		<title>Howto:Dimension and weight for packing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Dimension_and_weight_for_packing&amp;diff=51340"/>
		<updated>2019-02-22T07:20:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Number of units in a palett */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to innovaphone products including package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: size, sizes, größe, größen, dimension, dimensions, weight, weights, gewichte, delivery --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Dimensions an weight of packaged goods =&lt;br /&gt;
For delivery and in tender some times the dimension and weight for the packed single products are requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table shows weight in kg and dimensions of packaging in mm of some products:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| {{table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Item Number !! Description !! Net weight in kg !! Gross weight in kg !! Dimensions with packaging in mm !! Dimensions without packaging in mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00011-001 || IP0011 || 0,80 || 1,06 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-001 || IP29 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-003 || IP29-2 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-004 || IP29-4 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00029-005 || IP29-8 || 0,91 || 1,16 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00038-001 || IP38 || 0,69 || 0,94 || 230 X 225 X 80 || 210 X 133 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00110-002 || IP110A || 0,39 || 0,73 || 225 X 205 X 70 || 190 X 160 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00111-001 || IP111 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00112-001 || IP112 || 0,50 || 1,07 || 260 X 230 X 95 || 213 X 160 X 37&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-001 || IP150 IP Phone|| 1,90 || 2,93 || 385 X 255 X 200 || 270 X 190 X 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00150-010 || Ferntel IP HH with Headphones || 3,26 || 6,00 || 400 x 305 x 335 || 195 x 295 x 95&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00200-002 || IPPhone200 || 0,63 || 1,16 || 320 X 224 X 100 || 220 X 220 X 85&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-001 || IP222 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00222-002 || IP222 (White) || 0,46 || 1,18 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 217 X 155 X 31&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00230-001 || IP230-X || 0,23 || 0,40 || 240 X 160 X 70 || 190 X 100 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-001 || IP232 (Black) || 0,50 || 1,20 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00232-002 || IP232 (White) || 0,52 || 1,21 || 275 X 195 X 90 || 220 X 150 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00240-003 || IP240 || 0,81 || 1,39 || 355 X 240 X 110 || 270 X 190 X 98&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00241-001 || IP241 || 0,80 || 1,36 || 335 X 240 X 110 || 268 X 190 X 100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-001 || IP2X2-X (Black) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-002X2-002 || IP2X2-X (White) || 0,38 || 0,66 || 275 x 195 x 90 || 152 x 89 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00302-001 || IP302 || 0,69 || 1,03 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00305-001 || IP305 || 0,69 || 1,02 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 135 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00311-001 || IP311 || 0,83 || 1,08 || 235x228x85 || 210x149x34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00411-001 || IP411 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00800-016 || IP800 || 1,30 || 1,80 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 185 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00811-001 || IP811 || 0,83 || 1,09 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-00999-001 || IP800-RACK || 1,18 || 1,38 || 510 x 195 x 60 || 483 x 186 x 49&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-01130-001 || IP1130 || 1,03 || 1,28 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 149 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-03011-001 || IP3011 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 235 x 228 x 85 || 210 x 210 x 34&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 01-06010-002 || IP6010 || 1,64 || 1,87 || 230 X 225 X 85 || 210 X 213 X 33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-002 || 12 V PSU with int. Adapter for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 110 X 94 X 70 || 77 X 35 X 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-004 || 12 V PSU for IP phones || 0,08 || 0,14 || 105 X 96 X 39 || 73 X 75 X 27&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-009 || mSata 32GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-010 || mSata 128GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-011 || mSata 256GB || 0,06 || 0,08 || 60 x 60 x 1 || 51 x 30 x 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 03-00010-231 || PoE Adapter Gigabit || 0,34 || 0,42 || 116 X 21 X 56 || 50 X 138 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-001 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 EU || 0,23 || 0,32 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 95 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-002 || DECT Charger and PSU IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 UK/US/AUS || 0,31 || 0,39 || 173x115x65 || 90x70x100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-005 || DECT Battery IP61/IP64 || 0,17 || 0,18 || 60 X 55 X 10 || 47 X 35 X 7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-006 || DECT Multicharger IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 1,66 || 1,88 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-007 || DECT Battery Multicharger IP62/IP63 || 1,48 || 1,7 || 165 x 498 x 130 || 158 x 456 x 103&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-008 || DECT Battery IP62 / IP63 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-009 || Dect Swivel Clip IP62 / IP63 / IP64 || 0,20 || 0,22 || 105 X 80 X 10 || 55 X 50 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-010 || DECT Safety Belt IP61/IP62/IP63/IP64/IP65 || 0,006 || 0,008 || 97 X 60 X 20 || 70 X 45 X 20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-011 || Dect Standard Clip IP61/IP64 || 0,008 || 0,01 || 60 X 25 X 25 || 55 X 23 X 25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-012 || DECT Standard Clip IP62 / IP63 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-016 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP61 / IP62 / IP63 || 0,01 || 0,02 || 245 X 130 X 10 || 300 X 20 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-017 || Dect PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e EU || 0,226 || 0,258 || 130 x 90 x 65 || 96 x 83 x 29&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-018 || DECT PSU IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e UK || 0,230 || 0,266 || 130 x 90 x 62 || 70 x 25 x 45&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-021 || Desktop programmer IP62/IP64/IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 140 X 115 X 70 || 140 X 80 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-023 || Dect Battery Multicharger IP65 || 1,5 || 1,72 || 495x165x125 || 455x150x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-024 || Dect Standard Clip IP65 || 0,006 || 0,01 || 150 X 95 X 10 || 58 X 25 X 10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-025 || Dect Swivel Clip IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 120x80x10 || 50x55x10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-026 || Dect Leathercase IP64 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 150x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-027 || Dect Leathercase IP65 || 0,05 || 0,06 || 240x90x10 || 145x65x15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-028 || Dect Battery IP65 || 0,28 || 0,32 || 75 X 70 X 10 || 70 X 45 X 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-029 || DECT Headsetcable jack IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,04 || 185x40x30 || 1000x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-030 || Dect Headset mono IP61 / IP62 / IP63 / IP64 / IP65 || 0,04 || 0,18 || 190x145x70 || 1000x45x25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00060-032 || Dect Adapter for Headset mono IP64 / IP65 || 0,02 || 0,02 || 245x130 || 330x10x5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00062-001 || IP62 WLAN phone || 0,14 || 0,19 || 145 X 80 X 40 || 133 X 45 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00064-004 || IP64 || 0,12 || 0,16 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4,0 || 5,5 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00065-001 || IP65 || 0,12 || 0,17 || 7,6 x 15,0 x 4 || 5,2 x 13,8 x 3,2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-001 || D81 DECT phone || 0,176 || 0,278 || 160 X 70 X 45 || 140 X 55 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-002 || D81 ex. DECT phone || 0,18 || 0,28 || 73 x 163 x 47 || 54 x 140 x 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-003 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/D81 ex. EU || 0,18 || 0,35 || 145 X 117 X 74 || 90 X 105 X 55&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-004 || DECT Charger and PSU D81/I62/D81 ex. UK || 0,31 || 0,40 || 180 X 115 X 70 || 90 X 90 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-005 || battery D81 || 0,03 || 0,03 || 120 X 72 X 11 || 72 X 43 X 9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-006 || battery D81 ex || 0,02 || 0,06 || 65 x 158 x 45 || 40 x 70 x 12&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-007 || Battery pack opener D81 ex. || 0,004 || 0,008 || 140 X 100 X 6 || 70 X 40 X 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-009 || D81 belt Clip || 0,02 || 0,02 || 90 x 148 x 30 || 42 x 78 x 32&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-00081-010 || D81 Leathercase || 0,08 || 0,088 || 245 X 165 X 60 || 145 X 55 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-001 || IP1202 || 0,40 || 0,51 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-002 || IP1202 (4 Channel) || 0,38 || 0,49 || 185 x 173 x 67 || 162 x 162 x 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-003 || IP1202e || 0,43 || 0,62 || 187 X 175 X 78 || 170 X 165 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-004 || IP1202e Double directional antenna || 0,15 || 0,32 || 270 X 125 X 45 || 100 X 95 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-005 || IP1202e Single directional antenna || 0,70 || 1,02 || 320 X 145 X 132 || 265 X 140 X 35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-006 || IP1202e Omnidirectional antenna || 0,472 || 0,314 || 440 X 92 X 115 || 1530 X 30 X 40&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-007 || IP1202 / IP1202/4 / IP1202e Additional housing transparent  || 1,51 || 1,51 || 360 x 254 x 114 || 360 x 254 x 114&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 50-01202-008 || IP1202 / IP1202e Additional housing with trace heating  || 6,80 || 7,00 || 410 X 225 X 430 || 390 X 205 X 410&lt;br /&gt;
|} &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
= storage parameters =&lt;br /&gt;
Please observe storage parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 temperature 10°C to +70°C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 humidity 10% to 90% noncondensing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 This information is dated April 2009 and is subject to change without notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Number of units in a pallet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|article number&lt;br /&gt;
|article description&lt;br /&gt;
|units / pallet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-027&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP110&lt;br /&gt;
|220&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-028&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IPPhone 200&lt;br /&gt;
|114&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-029&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP230&lt;br /&gt;
|114&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-030&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-031&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP230-X&lt;br /&gt;
|60&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-032&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP240-1000&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-035&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP241&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-037&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-038&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP222 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-039&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Weiß)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-040&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP232 (Schwarz)&lt;br /&gt;
|172&lt;br /&gt;
|-     &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-069&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP111&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|-    &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-072&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP112&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-087&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP101&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|88-00010-088&lt;br /&gt;
|Pallet IP102&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=49867</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=49867"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T08:56:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Company */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for products, e.g. 01-00811 für IP811 (such a search may take longer!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties | Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remove a device from a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;delDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_obtain_a_test_license&amp;diff=47952</id>
		<title>Howto:How to obtain a test license</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_obtain_a_test_license&amp;diff=47952"/>
		<updated>2017-09-29T11:37:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* V11 and later */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In Version 5, there were PBX test licenses available for a limited scenario.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, these have been used in questionable ways sometimes so they have been removed starting from V6.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the V6 licensing scheme is much more versatile, so a new scheme has been implemented.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how Test Licenses in V6 and newer Versions do work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* V6, V7, V8, V9, V10, V11 devices&lt;br /&gt;
Build 07-6040041 and later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
To satisfy the need for test licenses for the innovaphone devices, a new web based scheme has been implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
As opposed to Version 5 firmware, where there were test licenses for PBX Registration licenses only, starting from V6 there are test licenses for any license type.  &lt;br /&gt;
From V6 on, all licenses are bound to a specific mac address.  &lt;br /&gt;
Test licenses – as all others - thus must be bound to a specific device.  &lt;br /&gt;
No “wildcard” licenses are available.  As a result, each test license must be requested individually for each device.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V6/V7 test license is requested via a web page found on the innovaphone download area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For V8 test licenses (and later) the http://my.innovaphone.com portal is used. You can also download V7 and V6 licenses at this portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will contain any possible license type with virtually no limitations in number (e.g. a test license will allow up to 10k PBX registrations).  &lt;br /&gt;
The only limitation of the test license is that the device will stop functioning after 100 hours. &lt;br /&gt;
You can extend  the test period though by confirming the test usage on the devices web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The test licenses is structured as a set of multiple, additive licenses.  &lt;br /&gt;
You are encouraged to tailor the licenses for your test such that it reflect the actual type and number of licenses you intend to purchase later on.  &lt;br /&gt;
This will ensure that the system will behave as you expect and experienced during the trial!  For convenience, you can select to download [[Reference:Licenses|V6]], [[Reference7:Licenses|V7]] or [[Reference8:Licenses|V8]] licenses. Also, you can select to download stand-alone or floating licenses (which require a master to get [[Reference7:Licenses#PBX Floating License|V7 floating licenses]]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**Note: for V8 no extra floating license is needed see[[Reference8:Licenses#PBX_Floating_mechanism]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain a test license for V6 and V7, go to the V6/V7 [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/7.00 download site] and click the respective link on the upper right corner (you cannot link to this page directly, as it will only work once you are authenticated using your ice password).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain a V8/V9/V... or V6/V7 license at http://my.innovaphone.com please read [[Reference:My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with a Test License===&lt;br /&gt;
A box running with a test license will show a special message on the info screen, indicating the remaining test period:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:How_to_obtain_a_V6_test_license_Lic1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To extend the period, follow the link, accept the test agreement and click OK.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the test period expires, the box will reset with all test licenses disabled and show the following message on the info screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:How_to_obtain_a_V6_test_license_Lic2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can restart the test period by following the link and proceed as described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When your tests are completed, you should remove the test licenses from the configuration and replace them with “real” licenses as needed.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The test licenses will look someting like &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   Lictype=1,test-00-90-33-06-00-68,,Test-License-for...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
that is, the devices mac address wil be prefixed with &amp;quot;test-&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V11 and later===&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the test period a V11 (and later) test license is valid for three months after the first download. If three months are over, you won&#039;t be able to use these test licenses anymore and you won&#039;t be able to download new valid test licenses from https://my.innovaphone.com!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to mix test licenses and regular licenses. If you want to use a test license, delete all licenses from your device and upload the license file including your test licenses afterwards. If you decided to end the test period, you have to delete all test licenses from the device and upload the license file with regular licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:v11_test_license.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 A new test mode is also available. See [[Reference11r1:General/License]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
Licenses differ between the different versions.  See [[Reference:Licenses]], [[Reference7:Licenses]], [[Reference8:Licenses]], [[Reference9:Licenses]], [[Reference10:Licenses]], [[Reference11:Licenses]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: testlicense testlicence --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=46823</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=46823"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T08:17:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Mantis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partner Status====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review the partner status of the users of your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also see a list of companies, which granted partner status access to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Manage Partner Status Access=====&lt;br /&gt;
Grant or remove access rights to your own partner status.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the [[ Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2 | company ID ]] of another my.innovaphone company. Afterwards, this company will have access to &#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; partner status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties | Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=46822</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=46822"/>
		<updated>2017-05-18T08:17:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Mantis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partner Status====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review the partner status of the users of your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also see a list of companies, which granted partner status access to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Manage Partner Status Access=====&lt;br /&gt;
Grant or remove access rights to your own partner status.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the [[ Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2 | company ID ]] of another my.innovaphone company. Afterwards, this company will have access to &#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; partner status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on the ticket number (&amp;quot;ID&amp;quot; column) to open an email prepared with the right emailadress and subject to address this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties | Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=45884</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=45884"/>
		<updated>2017-02-21T08:39:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Release dates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
;V10 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10nl.pdf Dutch SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10pl.pdf Polish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_V10es.pdf Spanish SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;V8 and greater:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure further CC mail addresses inside your &#039;&#039;&#039;License Purchase&#039;&#039;&#039; project, if you have one. If you purchase licenses on credit, the emails will be also sent to theses addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the local device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  SSA it&#039;s bound to the license and it&#039;s not lost when performing invalidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partner Status====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review the partner status of the users of your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also see a list of companies, which granted partner status access to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Manage Partner Status Access=====&lt;br /&gt;
Grant or remove access rights to your own partner status.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the [[ Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2 | company ID ]] of another my.innovaphone company. Afterwards, this company will have access to &#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; partner status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  January 1st 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  November 2nd 2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  November 14th 2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  December 7th 2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  April 26th 2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: July 8th 2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: February 9th 2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V12: July 11th 2016&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an external interface, which you can use to control some functionality without a login to the my.innovaphone web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the interface with an &#039;&#039;&#039;HTTP GET&#039;&#039;&#039; request to the following URL:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General parameters for all commands===&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: the wished command&lt;br /&gt;
:;email: the email address of a user who is registered in my.innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
:;project_id: the project ID of the project where the user has access to (you can find the project ID under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties | Licenses-&amp;gt;Projects-&amp;gt;Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: an SHA256 hash value which is computed over all GET parameters but the hash parameter itself plus the &#039;&#039;&#039;trust&#039;&#039;&#039; value of the project (see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Properties]])&lt;br /&gt;
:;hash: the values of the GET parameters have to be URL encoded before calculation of the hash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Example: URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https://my.innovaphone.com/interface.php?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user@example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;hash=b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;project trust value: 1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;the data of the SHA256 hash: ?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&lt;br /&gt;
:;example PHP function call to generate the hash: hash(&amp;quot;sha256&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;?cmd=addDevice&amp;amp;email=user%40example.com&amp;amp;project_id=123456&amp;amp;serial=00-90-33-01-02-03&amp;amp;trust=1234567890abcdef&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
:;with the current values, the function should return: b62f7948d6383cc365592ed289b6173cd35229cadc347847b953f78c8880d5b9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add a device to a project===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;addDevice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;example success: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:true }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:;example error: &amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{ &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:false, &amp;quot;error&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;the project with ID 123456 doesn&#039;t exist&amp;quot; }&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get the warranty of a device===&lt;br /&gt;
;HTTP GET parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
:;general parameters&lt;br /&gt;
:;cmd: &#039;&#039;&#039;getWarranty&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;serial: the serial number of the device, e.g. 00-90-33-01-02-03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Return value: a JSON object is returned&lt;br /&gt;
:;success: boolean, either &#039;&#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;error: string, a string with an error. Just existent if success is false&lt;br /&gt;
:;warranty: a unix timestamp in seconds sind 1970 (timezone Europe/Berlin), e.g. &#039;&#039;&#039;1448492400&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:;warrantyStr: a string like &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;2015-11-26 00:00:00&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Feature_List_in_English&amp;diff=40934</id>
		<title>Howto:Feature List in English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Feature_List_in_English&amp;diff=40934"/>
		<updated>2016-03-24T10:37:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Applies to */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;innovaphone feature list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- featurelist --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies to==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- All innovaphone products based on V7, V8, V9 and V10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with V11, this list is discontinued. PBX feature documentation is available via the [https://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/downloads/data-sheets.html innovaphone homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==Download==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:innovaphone_V9_Featureliste_en.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX System Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to exchange via group number &lt;br /&gt;
* Access to separate exchange via individual number &lt;br /&gt;
* ACD groups &lt;br /&gt;
* Active Directory Replication &lt;br /&gt;
* Administration via uniform interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Alarm and error events &lt;br /&gt;
* Alternate route selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Announcement before pickup (*) &lt;br /&gt;
* Announcements (*) &lt;br /&gt;
* Authorisation groups (class of service) &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic break through for call protection for preferred numbers &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic call distribution (ACD) &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic night switching with week clock &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic route selection (ARS) &lt;br /&gt;
* Bootcode with minifirmware (not supported with IP3000) &lt;br /&gt;
* Branches (virtual central PBX) &lt;br /&gt;
* Bunched circuit &lt;br /&gt;
* Call back &lt;br /&gt;
* Call back also if internal call &lt;br /&gt;
* Call detail records (CDR) &lt;br /&gt;
* Calling line identification restriction (CLIR) &lt;br /&gt;
* Calling party identification (CLIP) &lt;br /&gt;
* Calling to E.164 &lt;br /&gt;
* Calling via ENUM (H.323 and SIP) &lt;br /&gt;
* centralized backup /firmware/config upload&lt;br /&gt;
* Circle call with circle call query (#) &lt;br /&gt;
* Clock synchronization via IP &lt;br /&gt;
* Config templates for PBX User &lt;br /&gt;
* Configurable tones &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure / change / delete call diversion via web &lt;br /&gt;
* Conversation return to operator &lt;br /&gt;
* Cross connection via IP &lt;br /&gt;
* Cross connection via ISDN &lt;br /&gt;
* Different call (external, internal) &lt;br /&gt;
* Direct dial (with and without number reassessment) &lt;br /&gt;
* Door bell interface with door opener function (#) &lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF detection disabling &lt;br /&gt;
* DTMF-post dial/direct dial &lt;br /&gt;
* Emigration of endpoint &lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced error reporting (SIP, QOS parameter, router error reporting)&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced H.323 features according to H.450.x &lt;br /&gt;
* Extended DTMF Object (feature set via DTMF dial) &lt;br /&gt;
* External communication &lt;br /&gt;
* Firmware upload in DRAM (not supported with IP3000) &lt;br /&gt;
* Floating license model &lt;br /&gt;
* Flexible dial plan &lt;br /&gt;
* General night switching &lt;br /&gt;
* Group call (all, circular)&lt;br /&gt;
* Hide Objects from LDAP&lt;br /&gt;
* Home office integration &lt;br /&gt;
* HTTP/ HTTPS allowed stations&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming direct call to subscriber or group &lt;br /&gt;
* Interactive call acceptance (*) &lt;br /&gt;
* Interface for external announcement construction (#) &lt;br /&gt;
* Internal communication &lt;br /&gt;
* Internal music on hold &lt;br /&gt;
* Least cost routing (LCR) &lt;br /&gt;
* Log forwarding&lt;br /&gt;
* LDAP replication&lt;br /&gt;
* Message center (H.450.7 or DTMF) &lt;br /&gt;
* Message Waiting Indication (MWI) &lt;br /&gt;
* Messaging (SIP and H.323) &lt;br /&gt;
* Mixed dial method (overlap and en-block dialing) &lt;br /&gt;
* MS-chap V1/V2 &lt;br /&gt;
* Multi conferencing (IP800, IP6000, IP0010, IP1060, IP3010, IP6010) &lt;br /&gt;
* Multi protocol (H.323, SIP) &lt;br /&gt;
* Multilevel admin access (detailed multilevel user rights for the PBX configuration) &lt;br /&gt;
* Multiple system admin (multiple admin and viewer rights possible for the whole system) &lt;br /&gt;
* Multistage login (multi-user) &lt;br /&gt;
* Music / announcement in standby from analogue resource (#) &lt;br /&gt;
* Music / announcement in standby from HTTP resource (*) &lt;br /&gt;
* Network wide features (Master/slave with virtual PBX) &lt;br /&gt;
* Only calling to registered subscribers (passive control) &lt;br /&gt;
* Overflow of subscribers and cross connection &lt;br /&gt;
* Overlapped sending &lt;br /&gt;
* PBX directory search (LDAP search via DTMF) &lt;br /&gt;
* Phonebook either from internal or from external source (LDAP) &lt;br /&gt;
* QSIG &lt;br /&gt;
* QSIG inter-working &lt;br /&gt;
* QSIG trunking (point to point and point to multipoint) &lt;br /&gt;
* Redundancy of the ISDN-lines &lt;br /&gt;
* Redundancy of the PBX &lt;br /&gt;
* Remote monitoring and remote diagnostics &lt;br /&gt;
* Remote software upgrade &lt;br /&gt;
* RTP Proxy &lt;br /&gt;
* SDP Transit (for video and other codecs) &lt;br /&gt;
* Short dial (individual, group, system wide) &lt;br /&gt;
* Silent intrusion &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP/H.323 Media Relay (RTP stream routing via gateway) &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP trunking &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP via TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* SIPS (SIP-Secure) – SIP via TCP/TLS (not supported with IP3000) &lt;br /&gt;
* SNMP Traps (alarm events) &lt;br /&gt;
* SOAP-API &lt;br /&gt;
* SRTP (Voice encryption) for H.323 and SIP (not supported with IP3000) &lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber authorisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard protocols to the endpoint &lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber groups with progressive call (parallel, circular, sequential)&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch between day/night with code digit from subscribers &lt;br /&gt;
* System time/date via timeserver (LAN or web) &lt;br /&gt;
* TAPI / Multi line TAPI (via several PBX’s / locations)&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone number assignment &lt;br /&gt;
* Time based subscriber authorisation&lt;br /&gt;
* Twin Phones &lt;br /&gt;
* US standard (T1 and CAS) &lt;br /&gt;
* VoIP-CAPI&lt;br /&gt;
* Waiting queue – call busy operators / CFU disable operators &lt;br /&gt;
* 802.1x&lt;br /&gt;
* Active Directory Replication/More detail information in error situations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V8 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Announcing the queue position in a waiting queue &lt;br /&gt;
* Call completion on busy/free to ISDN &lt;br /&gt;
* Customized Visual Appearance (individually designable user interface)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dual Forking (OCS compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic PBX (more PBXs on one Device ) PBX hosting / PBX virtualization &lt;br /&gt;
* Kerberos based authentication and Cross Realm authentication&lt;br /&gt;
* Mobility (GSM integration) &lt;br /&gt;
** Call-waiting &lt;br /&gt;
** hold &lt;br /&gt;
** transfer &lt;br /&gt;
** park &lt;br /&gt;
** group login/logout &lt;br /&gt;
** mobility on/off &lt;br /&gt;
** setting presence status &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Off load Dialtone (external gateway)&lt;br /&gt;
* Off load Media Relay (external gateway) &lt;br /&gt;
* Off load MOH (external gateway)&lt;br /&gt;
* Presence &lt;br /&gt;
* Recording at the ISDN and analogue interfaces &lt;br /&gt;
* Roaming Phone Profiles &lt;br /&gt;
* RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree) &lt;br /&gt;
* Send Message to group &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP error detection (alarm/event updated) &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Federation &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP video multisite support&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New in V9====&lt;br /&gt;
* Executive/secretary enhancements&lt;br /&gt;
** Secretary can initiate calls with the CLIP from the executive. &lt;br /&gt;
** Executive can see if the secretary is joined or unjoined in the primary secretary group. &lt;br /&gt;
** Executive sees if a call diversion is set at the secretary.&lt;br /&gt;
** Breakthrough disabled call waiting at secretary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporting &lt;br /&gt;
** Based on internal or external Linux Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
** Based on PBX CDR´s&lt;br /&gt;
** Predefined filter&lt;br /&gt;
** Reports (export as PDF, XML) from filter, combined filter, date and time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Emergency calls priority&lt;br /&gt;
* Import/Export PBX user database (CSV/XML)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual MOH (context sensitive based on object, node or PBX)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP filter for registrations with or without password &lt;br /&gt;
* IPv6 support (IPv6 routing, 6to4 routing and http access, telnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* LDAP via TLS&lt;br /&gt;
* MTLS &lt;br /&gt;
* NTP redundancy&lt;br /&gt;
* Partnerkeys via separate Pbx´s&lt;br /&gt;
* Wideband audio&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced Boolean (call forward, filter and diversion filter) based also on date &lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum call duration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Show video calls on page PBX/Calls&lt;br /&gt;
* Show video capability of registrations on page PBX/Registrations&lt;br /&gt;
* Tone type for PBX generated tones (e.g. for Mobility) configurable&lt;br /&gt;
* Explicit assignement of licenses to users&lt;br /&gt;
* Server based myPBX call lists included with myPBX licenses at no extra charge&lt;br /&gt;
* per user Voicemail license scheme&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for cloud setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to correct calendar-driven presence information manually&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;do-not-disturb&#039; presence&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for Mobility client using data for call-control features (hold, retrieve etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* configurable default visibility (presence/dialog) for group members &lt;br /&gt;
* Disconnect other ringing endpoints if call is rejected on one in a twin-phone configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* Broadcast Conference object supports chat conferences&lt;br /&gt;
* Offload-able media interface for voicemail (Hosting)&lt;br /&gt;
* Waiting Queue supports mobile operators &lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional Mobility/Forking (via &#039;&#039;Boolean&#039;&#039; object)&lt;br /&gt;
* Kerberos with AES (Windows 2008R2 compatibility)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features IP Phones – IP110 / IP200 / IP230 / IP240 / IP240-1000 / IP241 / IP222 / IP232===&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjustable loudness &lt;br /&gt;
* Adjustable ringing tones also possible, import RTTTL and midi files &lt;br /&gt;
* Alphanumeric phonebook &lt;br /&gt;
* Announcement via loudspeaker &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic callback on busy and free &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic redialing &lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic redialing to busy bunched circuit &lt;br /&gt;
* Blind transfer &lt;br /&gt;
* Call diversion to internal phone number &lt;br /&gt;
* Call hold / retrieve call diversion to external phone number &lt;br /&gt;
* Call intrusion &lt;br /&gt;
* Call list (outgoing, incoming, combined, not reached, not answered)&lt;br /&gt;
* Call park and enquiry from other subscribers &lt;br /&gt;
* Call prevention &lt;br /&gt;
* Call transfer / pickup (selective and from a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Call waiting (acoustical and optical signaling of waiting calls)&lt;br /&gt;
* Caller identification (name/number) &lt;br /&gt;
* Changeover of the assigned partners &lt;br /&gt;
* Conference (3 way) &lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration of the voice recording via HTTP&lt;br /&gt;
* Connect to busy and free subscribers without notification &lt;br /&gt;
* Counter and list of missed calls &lt;br /&gt;
* Date and time display (automatic summer/winter time adjustment) &lt;br /&gt;
* Delete call back &lt;br /&gt;
* Delete variable call diversion &lt;br /&gt;
* Dialing an IP address (with and without RAS) &lt;br /&gt;
* Dialing with code key from an unauthorized phone &lt;br /&gt;
* Direct dialing (immediate, internal/external)&lt;br /&gt;
* Display duration of call &lt;br /&gt;
* Display calling number &lt;br /&gt;
* Emigration of subscriber/endpoint &lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed call diversion (unconditional, no answer (time adjustable) on busy)&lt;br /&gt;
* Forced announcement (priority call) &lt;br /&gt;
* Function keys – multitude possible – exact list can be found in the technical specification of each IP phone &lt;br /&gt;
* Hands free &lt;br /&gt;
* Headset &lt;br /&gt;
* Individual configuration &lt;br /&gt;
* Individual phonebook &lt;br /&gt;
* Intercom with automatic call pick up &lt;br /&gt;
* Interlinked and limitless multiple conference &lt;br /&gt;
* Manager/assistant feature &lt;br /&gt;
* Message waiting indication (MWI) &lt;br /&gt;
* Messaging &lt;br /&gt;
* Multi language &lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-protocol and multi-registration (SIP and H.323 concurrent)&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiple registrations with selective de-registration &lt;br /&gt;
* Mute (switch off the microphone) &lt;br /&gt;
* Name dialing &lt;br /&gt;
* Open listening &lt;br /&gt;
* Over plugging (connect call to a busy subscriber) &lt;br /&gt;
* Phone lock &lt;br /&gt;
* Preferred subscribers &lt;br /&gt;
* Project code &lt;br /&gt;
* Redialing of the last 100 dialed numbers &lt;br /&gt;
* Silent Intrusion &lt;br /&gt;
* SIP via TCP &lt;br /&gt;
* SIPS (Secure SIP via TCP/TLS) &lt;br /&gt;
* SRTP (SIP and H.323) &lt;br /&gt;
* Status indication of the subscriber (free/busy/call) &lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber with several lines &lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber with several numbers &lt;br /&gt;
* Transfer with consultation &lt;br /&gt;
* Variable call diversion &lt;br /&gt;
* 802.1x&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V9 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Colour display (IP241 / IP222 / IP232)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual background picture (IP241 / IP222 / IP232)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual audible signal for announcement calls /multicast announcements and messaging&lt;br /&gt;
* 802.3az (IP222 / IP232)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wideband audio (IP222 / IP232)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Russian and Slovenian languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features 3rd party Phones connected to analogue (POTS) port, DECT Phones IP52 / IP54 / IP55 / IP61 / IP63 / IP65 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Call completion on busy &lt;br /&gt;
* Call completion on free &lt;br /&gt;
* Call diversion to internal/external number &lt;br /&gt;
* Call hold/retrieve &lt;br /&gt;
* Call park and enquiry from other subscribers &lt;br /&gt;
* Call protection &lt;br /&gt;
* Call transfer/pickup (selective and from a group)&lt;br /&gt;
* Call waiting (acoustic signalling of the waiting call)&lt;br /&gt;
* Clip to an analogue phone &lt;br /&gt;
* Confirmation tone (positive and negative) &lt;br /&gt;
* Connect to a free and busy subscriber without notification &lt;br /&gt;
* Delete variable call diversion &lt;br /&gt;
* Dial with code key from an unauthorized phone &lt;br /&gt;
* Direct dial immediate (internal, external)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not disturb (internal and external calls)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed call diversion; unconditional, no answer (time adjustable), on busy &lt;br /&gt;
* Lock phone &lt;br /&gt;
* Message Waiting Indication (MWI) on DECT Phones&lt;br /&gt;
* Preferred subscriber &lt;br /&gt;
* Project code &lt;br /&gt;
* Special tone when active feature &lt;br /&gt;
* Transfer with consultation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* DECT: pass the DECT Security certification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features innovaphone Voice mail (*)===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Languages supported: German / English / Italian / French / Dutch / Spanish / Norwegian / Danish / Polish /Swedish / Czech  – additional languages on demand.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Voicemail runs on Compact Flash (CF slot in IP800, IP305, IP302, IP2000, IP6000, IP1060, IP3010, IP6010) or on external Web Server&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Email notification (with or without attachment) &lt;br /&gt;
* Listen to/delete /store voice mails by means of DTMF input &lt;br /&gt;
* MWI (according to H.450.7) &lt;br /&gt;
* Personal greeting message &lt;br /&gt;
* Voice recording &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V9 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Voicemail support SRTP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features myPBX ===&lt;br /&gt;
UC client (myPBX) web-based and Windows launcher&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Languages supported: Danish / English / Estonian / Finnish / French / Italian / Latvian / Dutch /  Norwegian / Polish /  Portuguese / Spanish / Swedish / Czech – additional languages on demand.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** CTI (initiate call, accept call, terminate call, hold call, retrieve call, transfer call, park call, 3PTY conference)&lt;br /&gt;
** Manage own call diversions&lt;br /&gt;
** Call list&lt;br /&gt;
** Presence (manage own presence state)&lt;br /&gt;
** Buddylist (including partners presence and call status)&lt;br /&gt;
** Chat (multiparty chat)&lt;br /&gt;
** Audioconference (via innovaphone audio conference Interface)&lt;br /&gt;
** Videoconferece (via integration of  Webex or Microsoft Livemeeting)&lt;br /&gt;
** Application sharing (via integration of Webex or Microsoft Livemeeting)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved usability, new look, single-window design&lt;br /&gt;
* Intuitive LDAP search (arbitrary search string input, results from different sources are merged)&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibility to display additional info from the directory in the LDAP search&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for LDAPS (LDAP over TLS)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved instant messaging (subject, list of participants, messages are received before the chat is accepted, window can be closed and opened again without terminating the session)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simplified call diversion configuration (synchonized with the favourite call diversions on the phone)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simplified visibility settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not disturb (new presence activity, chats are rejected if DND is set)&lt;br /&gt;
* Pickup calls from favourites&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpark calls from favourites&lt;br /&gt;
* Unlimited length of call list (using a paging mechanism).&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure language in launcher&lt;br /&gt;
* Translated launcher user interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Auto appear offline, after an idle timeout that can be configured in the launcher&lt;br /&gt;
* MSI-Parameters for deployment of the launcher&lt;br /&gt;
* Launcher can dock to the left or right screen border&lt;br /&gt;
* Launcher can write trace files for debugging purposes and support&lt;br /&gt;
* Audio conferencing from the chat window has been removed&lt;br /&gt;
* Desktop notifications and notification sounds for calls and instant messaging. Accept and reject calls directly from the notification window. Visibility requests using desktop notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure mobility&lt;br /&gt;
* Tool that dials or starts chats in myPBX. This tool is registered in windows as an handler for tel: sip: and im: URIs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display diverting info at incoming alerting calls&lt;br /&gt;
* Display causes at disconnecting calls&lt;br /&gt;
*Video calls between two myPBX Launchers is now possible (runs on Windows 7 and Windows 8, see [[Reference10:Concept myPBX Video]] for details)&lt;br /&gt;
*3 party Video conference&lt;br /&gt;
*Webcam selection if several webcams present&lt;br /&gt;
*Webcam preview of the selected webcam&lt;br /&gt;
*Webcam menu to control settings like brightness or contrast. Adjustable at webcam preview or even during the video call&lt;br /&gt;
*Webcam is configured to deliver 352x288 or 320x240 resolutions and the maximun frame rate available, usually 30 fps&lt;br /&gt;
*H264 encoder configured to deliver an average rate of 250 kbps&lt;br /&gt;
*H264 video stream compatible with other vendors like LifeSize or Polycom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Microsoft Office 2010/2013 integration (introduced in V10) ===&lt;br /&gt;
allows to see the presence of a user inside a Microsoft Office 2010 application&lt;br /&gt;
* Presence visibility inside an Office application&lt;br /&gt;
* Start of a chat from inside an Office application&lt;br /&gt;
* Start of a call from inside an Office application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exchange Calender Connector (introduced in V10) ===&lt;br /&gt;
Replicates Exchange Calendar information to PBX user presence &lt;br /&gt;
(Linux Application Platform)&lt;br /&gt;
* Presence is set to busy during calendar appointments&lt;br /&gt;
* The appointment subject is provided as presence note&lt;br /&gt;
* later appointments the same day are indicated as presence note, if presence is &#039;available&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fax Server (introduced in V10)===&lt;br /&gt;
(Linux Application Platform)&lt;br /&gt;
* email-to-fax and fax-to-email gateway&lt;br /&gt;
* Each PBX user has an own fax number: personal fax&lt;br /&gt;
* Fax source formats&lt;br /&gt;
** plain text&lt;br /&gt;
** HTML&lt;br /&gt;
** PDF files &lt;br /&gt;
** all other file formats which can be converted by OpenOffice&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover page &lt;br /&gt;
* e-mail delivery/non-delivery report&lt;br /&gt;
* Incoming fax documents delivered as PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features Operator (V8) software based===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Localized versions: German / English / Italian / Dutch – additional languages on demand&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Busylampfield (divided into groups) &lt;br /&gt;
* Call journal &lt;br /&gt;
* Call transfer (with/without consultation (blind)) &lt;br /&gt;
* Drag&amp;amp;Drop or with keypad use &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated help &lt;br /&gt;
* Monitor blind transferred calls &lt;br /&gt;
* Monitor of waiting queue &lt;br /&gt;
* Name display for incoming calls in LDAP directory &lt;br /&gt;
* Park/unpark &lt;br /&gt;
* Send messages to PBX users &lt;br /&gt;
* Searching within a LDAP directory &lt;br /&gt;
* Searching for PBX users in all PBX´s &lt;br /&gt;
* Set/change call forward for all PBX users &lt;br /&gt;
* Set/change presence status for all PBX users &lt;br /&gt;
* Show busy state &lt;br /&gt;
* Show call forward &lt;br /&gt;
* Show current call&lt;br /&gt;
* Show presence status &lt;br /&gt;
* State-of-the-art user interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Support of Master/Slave scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features Interactive Voice Response (IVR) (*)===&lt;br /&gt;
* Call handling according to lines and/or calling number (CLI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Listen to the menu also from internal subscribers &lt;br /&gt;
* Multi level menu &lt;br /&gt;
* Overflow from the operator to an automatic operator &lt;br /&gt;
* Voice menu at extension (if no answer, busy, unconditional) &lt;br /&gt;
* Voice menu with information and automatic dialing &lt;br /&gt;
* Voice menu with predefined destinations &lt;br /&gt;
* Voice menu with manual dialing of the destination (DTMF) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New in V8====&lt;br /&gt;
* Announcing the queue position in a waiting queue &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: &lt;br /&gt;
* (*) 	External or internal (CF-card) web server required&lt;br /&gt;
* (#) 	innovaphone IP21 required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference10:Concept_Phone_Firmware_10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [http://www.innovaphone.com/en/services/downloads.html &#039;&#039;Downloads&#039;&#039; section on www.innovaphone.com] for further information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Feature Liste in Deutsch]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:News|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Features|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=36788</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=36788"/>
		<updated>2015-02-18T09:47:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Release dates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
The import has been disabled. All old devices are already imported and can be added to your project manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as PDF with barcodes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a PDF file with a barcode for each MAC address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Der Barcode ist vom Typ C128B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:license@innovaphone.com license].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partner Status====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review the partner status of the users of your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also see a list of companies, which granted partner status access to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Manage Partner Status Access=====&lt;br /&gt;
Grant or remove access rights to your own partner status.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the [[ Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2 | company ID ]] of another my.innovaphone company. Afterwards, this company will have access to &#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; partner status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mantis===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements===&lt;br /&gt;
You can convert audio files into G.7xx files which you can use as announcements.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Supported input formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* mp3&lt;br /&gt;
* wav&lt;br /&gt;
* ogg&lt;br /&gt;
* flac&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Generated output formats:&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711u&lt;br /&gt;
* G.711a&lt;br /&gt;
* G.729&lt;br /&gt;
* G.723&lt;br /&gt;
* G.722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  26/04/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: 08/07/2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V11: 09/02/2015&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=35697</id>
		<title>RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=35697"/>
		<updated>2014-10-20T13:35:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to the innovaphone device repair procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: RMA, RMAID, RMA-ID, Reparaturen, Garantie, Gewährleistung, Warranty, returned material authorization --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone entertains a repair service for devices acquired from or through innovaphone.  This service is available to innovaphone customers with valid innovaphone account id.  Resellers will usually refer to their distributor, end customers to their reseller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article describes the access to the new RMA web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a valid innovaphone account id.  You will find this e.g. on any invoice received from innovaphone.  If you don&#039;t have an account, refer to your reseller or distributor for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
To have a device repaired (regardless of warranty), you need to request a returned material autorization (RMA).  Devices returned to us without RMA-Id will not be repaired and will returned to you on your expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply for an RMA-ID, you will visit [http://rma.innovaphone.com rma.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the information you need to have at hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* your innovaphone account id&lt;br /&gt;
* the device serial number&lt;br /&gt;
* the detailed defect description&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from an administrational perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from a technical perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* the shipping address for the replacement unit&lt;br /&gt;
* if you have received it from your sales representative, a &#039;&#039;good will id&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* if you want to move the licenses directly to a new device, you need the serial number of the new device too (The move is possible only if no licenses, except warranty licenses, are on the new device.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, you need to apply for a separate RMA-Id for each individual device.  Bulk submissions with only a single RMA-Id are not accepted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to move licenses to a new device within the RMA application, you need to know the my.innovaphone login details of an user who is part of the my.innovaphone company with the stated innovaphone account id. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon submission of your request you will receive the RMA-ID.  This will be used in all communications to you regarding the issue.  The RMA-Id in fact is an issue-ID and you will see all RMA issues in your weekly status overview. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can send the defective device to us right away! Please note the RMA-ID on the package or delivery note.&lt;br /&gt;
After we receivd the device, you have the possiblity to move the licenses to a new device of your choise. This is possible only if no licenses, except warranty licenses, are on the new device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, the defective unit will be repaired. In some cases we will send you a replacement unit. Advance Replacement may be available under special support agreement.  Contact [mailto:inside-sales@innovaphone.com innovaphone representative] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hints===&lt;br /&gt;
You can bookmark the RMA website at any stage, so you can resume it later or avoid typing your standard data (such as account-id etc.) every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have completed data entry for one device, you can click on &#039;Restart&#039; and you will be asked only for the device specific data again for the next device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the device in question does not have a serial number (e.g. a headset), then you leave the serial number field empty and enter the description into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device Type&#039;&#039;&#039; (not less than four characters) field.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only want to return part of a device and have it exchanged with a spare part (e.g. a telephone handset), then you would still enter the affected devices serial number into the serial number field and note this in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Detailed defect description&#039;&#039;&#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
To protect the privacy of your account data, you must enter both matching account number &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; ZIP code.  However, the ZIP code obviously has to match the ZIP code we have in our records.  If this is incorrect for some reasons, this will create a problem.  If the form complains about non-matchig account and ZIP code, please try different format (e.g. no spaces at all) or try to leave out parts of the ZIP (e.g. if your ZIP code is &#039;&#039;&#039;1234 BC&#039;&#039;&#039;, try &#039;&#039;&#039;1234&#039;&#039;&#039; instead).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=35696</id>
		<title>RMA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=RMA&amp;diff=35696"/>
		<updated>2014-10-20T13:31:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to the innovaphone device repair procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: RMA, RMAID, RMA-ID, Reparaturen, Garantie, Gewährleistung, Warranty, returned material authorization --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone entertains a repair service for devices acquired from or through innovaphone.  This service is available to innovaphone customers with valid innovaphone account id.  Resellers will usually refer to their distributor, end customers to their reseller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article describes the access to the new RMA web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a valid innovaphone account id.  You will find this e.g. on any invoice received from innovaphone.  If you don&#039;t have an account, refer to your reseller or distributor for repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
To have a device repaired (regardless of warranty), you need to request a returned material autorization (RMA).  Devices returned to us without RMA-Id will not be repaired and will returned to you on your expense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply for an RMA-ID, you will visit [http://rma.innovaphone.com rma.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the information you need to have at hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* your innovaphone account id&lt;br /&gt;
* the device serial number&lt;br /&gt;
* the detailed defect description&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from an administrational perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* contact data for the person handling the request from a technical perspective&lt;br /&gt;
* the shipping address for the replacement unit&lt;br /&gt;
* if you have received it from your sales representative, a &#039;&#039;good will id&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* if you want to move the licenses directly to a new device, you need the serial number of the new device too&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, you need to apply for a separate RMA-Id for each individual device.  Bulk submissions with only a single RMA-Id are not accepted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to move licenses to a new device within the RMA application, you need to know the my.innovaphone login details of an user who is part of the my.innovaphone company with the stated innovaphone account id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon submission of your request you will receive the RMA-ID.  This will be used in all communications to you regarding the issue.  The RMA-Id in fact is an issue-ID and you will see all RMA issues in your weekly status overview. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can send the defective device to us right away (previously, we forced you to wait for support to contact you and validate the RMA request.  This is no longer necessary)! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, the defective unit will be repaired. In some cases we will send you a replacement unit. Advance Replacement may be available under special support agreement.  Contact [mailto:inside-sales@innovaphone.com innovaphone representative] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hints===&lt;br /&gt;
You can bookmark the RMA website at any stage, so you can resume it later or avoid typing your standard data (such as account-id etc.) every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have completed data entry for one device, you can click on &#039;Restart&#039; and you will be asked only for the device specific data again for the next device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the device in question does not have a serial number (e.g. a headset), then you leave the serial number field empty and enter the description into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device Type&#039;&#039;&#039; (not less than four characters) field.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only want to return part of a device and have it exchanged with a spare part (e.g. a telephone handset), then you would still enter the affected devices serial number into the serial number field and note this in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Detailed defect description&#039;&#039;&#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
To protect the privacy of your account data, you must enter both matching account number &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; ZIP code.  However, the ZIP code obviously has to match the ZIP code we have in our records.  If this is incorrect for some reasons, this will create a problem.  If the form complains about non-matchig account and ZIP code, please try different format (e.g. no spaces at all) or try to leave out parts of the ZIP (e.g. if your ZIP code is &#039;&#039;&#039;1234 BC&#039;&#039;&#039;, try &#039;&#039;&#039;1234&#039;&#039;&#039; instead).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33674</id>
		<title>Reference9:Concept Innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33674"/>
		<updated>2014-05-21T09:01:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept9|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*V9&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Virtual Appliance&lt;br /&gt;
*Intel/AMD CPUs&lt;br /&gt;
*VMware &lt;br /&gt;
**Workstation 7.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Player 3.x &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware Player Download(free): http://vmware.com/download/player/&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 4.1&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 5.x&lt;br /&gt;
***[[User:Inno-mst|Inno-mst]] 14:25, 16 October 2013 (CEST): vSphere &#039;&#039;&#039;5.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compatibility has been reported&lt;br /&gt;
**Fusion 5.x (Mac OS X 10.7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA) is a virtual machine to be run on a virtualization platform.&lt;br /&gt;
Whereby, VMware&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.vmware.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is is the solely supported virtualization platform to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is a software-only solution. It appears as and performs as an innovaphone &amp;quot;hard-box&amp;quot; excluding DSP-, ISDN-/AB-resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following core-components are contained within the IPVA:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Gateway (a.k.a &#039;&#039;Relay&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*integrated mass-storage (alike innovaphones&#039; CF-card support)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: IP-VA ip-va ipva --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Download|Download]] the IPVA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The compressed archive &#039;&#039;ipva-vmx.zip&#039;&#039; contains 1 virtual machine configuration file (*.vmx) and 4 virtual machine disk files (*.vmdk):&lt;br /&gt;
**ipva.vmx:     The virtual machine configuration file&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-boot.vmdk: The virtual boot harddisk (hd)&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-cf.vmdk:   The hd for emulation of a Compact Flash card&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-flash.vmdk:    The hd for emulation of flash memory&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-dump.vmdk: The hd serving as a store for a crash dump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; is the firmware file, which is only needed for update purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Player===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A shortcut (*.lnk file) to the vmx-file will start the IPVA without additional user interaction. Such a shortcut may also be copied into the Windows &#039;&#039;Autostart&#039;&#039; program folder, in order to have the IPVA started automatically on windows startup.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Workstation===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Workstation 7&#039;&#039; directory comprises the command line utility &#039;&#039;vmrun.exe&#039;&#039;. A batch file according to the following pattern may be crafted to programmatically start the IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;D:\Programme\VMware\VMware Workstation\vmrun&amp;quot; start &amp;quot;C:\Users\Tester\Desktop\ipva\ipva.vmx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: By altering &#039;&#039;start&#039;&#039; into &#039;&#039;stop&#039;&#039; a virtual machine may be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware vSphere===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies to vSphere 4.x and later (such as e.g. vSphere 5.5). &amp;lt;!-- vsphere5 vsphere5.0 vsphere5.1 vsphere5.2 vsphere5.3 vsphere5.4 vsphere5.5 vsphere55 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMware vCenter Converter Standalone====&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offered for downloading must be converted into a vSphere-processable form.&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA can be converted by means of the tool &#039;&#039;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone: https://www.vmware.com/tryvmware/?p=converter&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A step-by-step guide may be found [http://blog.lewan.com/2009/12/22/vmware-vsphere-using-vmware-converter-to-import-vms-or-vmdks-from-other-vmware-products/ here].  &lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you &#039;&#039;always use the latest VMware converter&#039;&#039; to convert your IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Why_Isn.27t_There_An_OVA.2FOVF_File_Made_Available.3F | here]] for a discussion why the conversion is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Network Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer-configured as DHCP client only. I.e. a DHCP server must be available. Afterwards the network configuration may be administrated as used to within the web ui of other innovaphone boxes. If there&#039;s in no case a DHCP server available for the 1st-time configuration, read through [[#What_Is_The_Console_Good_For?|What Is The Console Good For?]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===License Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
For the IPVA9 license see [[Reference9:Licenses]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The licensing procedure is the same as for other innovaphone products, except for one peculiarity: The MAC address, generated by VMware, may have been assigned already to another customer/installation. Such a conflict must be settled manually as explained below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, while generating licenses within &#039;&#039;my.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;, a message ([[Reference:My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists|My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists]]) is displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
IP-VA MAC exists&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
then a new MAC address must be assigned manually to the affected installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; We recommend to not use auto-generated MAC Address for the IPVA machine. Please assign a static MAC address like &#039;00-50-56-...&#039; to prevent license issues if the machine must be rebuild since you will assign the same MAC address after and not the auto-generated MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare Player and Workstation====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to assign a new MAC address on a VMWare Workstation or VMWare Player:&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the file ipva.vmx for editing within a text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit the last 3 hex-values of the lines starting with &#039;&#039;ethernet0.generatedAddress&#039;&#039; &amp;amp; &#039;&#039;uuid.bios&#039;&#039; from e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
into e.g&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: in this example just the very last hex-value &#039;&#039;&#039;d9&#039;&#039;&#039; is going to be altered into &#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*Within my.innovaphone.com try once again to generate licenses for the virtual machine with the new MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi====&lt;br /&gt;
For information related to vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi 5.x, see the Mac Addresses section of the [https://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-pubs.html vSphere Networking Guide] for your version of ESX/ESXi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Provision Of External Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
External Resources are required, in order to provide:&lt;br /&gt;
*Access to ISDN interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
*DSP conferencing channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP1060&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.innovaphone.com/fileadmin/download/newsletter/EINLEGER_IP1060_Produktkatalog2009_2010_DE_ENG.pdf IP1060 Product Information]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; media gateway may be considered as a suitable complement for such purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Download==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware IPVA.zip from http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Support procedures are commonly identical to the ones known from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances. Except for:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Post-Mortem Logs&#039;&#039;&#039; A post-mortem log must be retrieved by clicking on &#039;&#039;Admistration/Diagnostics/&#039;&#039;&#039;trace(crash-dump)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; (alternatively: http://a.b.c.d/crash_dump.txt).&lt;br /&gt;
**Note: Deviating from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances, the DRAM-content(with may be post-mortem info) does not survive a CPU-reset. This is why post-mortem information is going to be stored persistent on the 4th disk, named &#039;&#039;hd-dump.vmdk&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some known issues are listed further below under [[#FAQ | FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===ESX 3.x is unsupported===&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA does not run under ESX 3.x and below, since virtual IDE disks aren&#039;t supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don&#039;t use Maintenance/Upload/DRAM on vSphere 4===&lt;br /&gt;
Until further notice this way of uploading a new firmware is currently not supported. The VMM detects and assumes the guest (IPVA) is going to shutting-off. All the virtual harddisks may get lost in the aftermath.&lt;br /&gt;
vmware.log shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.439: vcpu-0| Vix: [4864986 vmxCommands.c:9609]: VMAutomation_HandleCLIHLTEvent. Do nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| MsgHint: msg.monitorevent.halt (sent)&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| The CPU has been disabled by the guest operating system. Power off or reset the virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...and then when trying to power-on later...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide0:1 vscsi=8303&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide1:0 vscsi=8304&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Release Note For V9HF1===&lt;br /&gt;
This Note refers to the fix [[Support:DVL-Roadmap_Firmware_V9#IPVA.2C_RAM-Dependent_Flash_Limitation | Support:DVL-Roadmap Firmware V9#IPVA RAM-Dependent Flash Limitation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 the available flash directory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Flash Directory: Storage for PBX objects&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; space will be constrained, depending on the available RAM. A loss of PBX objects may occur after an upgrade to V9HF1. In order to prevent such a loss perform the upgrade as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**1)Download and save the current configuration of the affected IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
**2)Upload the new firmware file and reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
**3)Upload the config from step 1).&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 an administrative reduction of the available RAM may lead into a loss of PBX objects. I.e. increasing the RAM isn&#039;t critical, while in contrast lowering the amount of RAM lowers the amount of flash directory space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V9HF4 Needed For vSphere 5===&lt;br /&gt;
V9 Hotfix4 is needed, in order to run the IPVA under vSphere 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Firmware Updates Possible?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, alike the well-known *.bin firmware files for other innovaphone products (ip6000.bin, ip2000.bin,..) , there&#039;s a similar bin-file (ipva.bin) for the IPVA. The file is contained on the boot-hd and can be found by browsing to e.g. http://192.168.0.5/drive/HD-BOOT . The versioning of ipva.bin is the same as for the other products. The firmware file may exactly be uploaded as for other products:&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Firmware&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Dram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by a script for the innovaphone Update Process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the ipva default password?===&lt;br /&gt;
*user: admin&lt;br /&gt;
*password: ipva&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Do I Always Need To Download The Entire IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, after the 1st-time deployment of an entire IPVA only the firmware file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; needs to be downloaded from &#039;&#039;download.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;. See [[#Are_Firmware_Updates_Possible.3F| Are Firmware Updates Possible?]] for how to proceed further.&lt;br /&gt;
===How Is The Network Connection Being Handled?===&lt;br /&gt;
The network connection is pre-configured to: &#039;&#039;Bridged: Connected directly to the physical network&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the Emulated CompactFlash?===&lt;br /&gt;
1GB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can The Emulated CompactFlash Be Increased In Size?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, from within the &#039;&#039;Edit Virtual Machine&#039;&#039; dialog. Doing so just increases the size of the virtual harddisk. The emulated CompactFlash must be formatted afterwards and accordingly to benefit from the increased size. That step can be administrated from &#039;&#039;Administration/Compact Flash/Format&#039;&#039;. Note: A recommendation for an upper size limit is not given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;vSphere / vSphere Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. At first backup all of your files from CF card&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shutdown the corresponding IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose &amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot; of the IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Delete &amp;quot;Harddrive 2&amp;quot; (Hardrive file xxx/xxx_1.vmdk)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 hd-boot.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-cf.vmdk    &amp;gt; xxx_1.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-flash.vmdk &amp;gt; xxx_2.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-dump.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx_3.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Create new harddrive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Configure the required size&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. As &amp;quot;Node of virtual device&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;IDE(0:1)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Start the IPVA.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9. &amp;quot;Format&amp;quot; the CF Card and &amp;quot;mount&amp;quot; it (General/Compact-Flash/General)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the emulated Flash Storage on the IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual flash storage used to store configuration file of the IPVA and LDAP directory of the PBX is defined with 64 MB and can not be changed. This is two times more than on IP6010. The VMDK-File hd-flash.vmdk is allocated with 100 MB, because VMWare can not handle smaller virtual disks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?===&lt;br /&gt;
The downloadable virtual appliance comes preconfigured with 64MB RAM. This amount is seen as a good trade-off for the majority of all installations.&lt;br /&gt;
The RAM-size can be administrated by VMware-means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum RAM size allocatable to an IPVA in VMware is 20MB.  This results in a DRAM size seen by the IPVA of 17MB and roughly 8MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.  Note though that even a small IP302 model has 17MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Maximum Amount Of RAM?===&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum meaningful RAM setting is 3GB. Memory space beyond that limit will be left unused. Assigning more than 3GB to an IPVA instance doesn&#039;t provide any benefit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Does &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; Show Less Than the Configured Memory?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not all of the configured memory is available to the IPVA. E.g. a bit of memory is occupied by the VMM&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Virtual Machine Monitor: A component belonging to the virtualization platform&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The indicator &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; displays the memory available to the IPVA and is truncated down to a whole number. A boot-trace reveals a bit more about IPVA-available memory as shown in the following excerpt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo CPU     E8400  @ 3.00GHz&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - mem(64946176)=61.93MB ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Many IPVA Instances Are Possible Per Host?===&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s no worst-case estimate available. For a best-case calculation, &lt;br /&gt;
*see [http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vsphere4/r41/vsp_41_config_max.pdf  Configuration Maximums VMware vSphere 4.1]&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[#How_Much_RAM_Is_Required_Per_IPVA_Instance.3F | How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?]]&lt;br /&gt;
Additional preformance reflections&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[HOWTO:A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where Has PPP-Functionality Gone?===&lt;br /&gt;
PPP-scenarios (PPTP, PPPoE) are not envisaged with the IPVA, because it has only one network interface controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039;&#039;(07.Mar.2011), from on 90468: &lt;br /&gt;
*PPP has been integrated&lt;br /&gt;
*a second network interface is available (now ETH0 and ETH1)&lt;br /&gt;
**ETH1 comes pre-configured: &#039;&#039;host-only, disconnected&#039;&#039;. I.e. it must be reconfigured manually and by VMware means to become functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Does The IPVA Support Non-VMware Hypervisor Products?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, currently it doesn&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I perform a factory reset?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace the 3rd disk, served on IDE 1:0, named hd-flash.vmdk with an empty disk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:VM_Settings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)download the IPVA and watch out for the file hd-flash.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Power-off the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Replace hd-flash.vmdk with the one downloaded in step 1). If on vsphere it may have been assigned a different name. Ensure it’s the one on IDE 1:0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Power-on the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is VMWare Fault Tolerance (FT) supported by IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we have successfully tested&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Howto:Implement_PBX_with_zero_downtime_using_IPVA_and_VMWare_Fault_Tolerance | Howto:Implement PBX with zero downtime using IPVA and VMWare Fault Tolerance]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; VMWare Fault Tolerance&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMWare Fault Tolerance: http://www.vmware.com/products/fault-tolerance/overview.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a virtual machine running IPVA on VMWare vSphere 4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What About VMware Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Tools are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Console Good For?===&lt;br /&gt;
The console is a remains of the early development phase. It resembles the IP3000&#039;s serial console. It doesn&#039;t offer any convenience like command history or backspace funtionality. Nevertheless may the console be of help in exceptional situations where e.g. the required DHCP server isn&#039;t available for 1st-time configuration or in situations where the ip configuration was misconfigured. Thereby any command from a device&#039;s config is acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance to configure the static IP address 1.2.3.4/24 on ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click into the console&lt;br /&gt;
*Press ENTER&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter credentials&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since no backspace is offered it may become a daring task to enter a single line without typos. In case of a typo hit ENTER and input the same line again.&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard layout is the US layout.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ip-via-console.png|center|thumb|200px|Console-edit of IP address]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the IP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show IP0 ETH0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the DHCP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show DHCP0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional the DNS-server(s) and the default gateway can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0 /dns 8.8.8.8 /dns2 8.8.4.4&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 RT0 /gateway 1.2.3.254&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also some simple diagnostics (ping and traceroute) are possible via the console (output is given in the console):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 tracert 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 ping 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resetting the entire FLASH space - &#039;&#039;&#039;Note, all configuration will get lost&#039;&#039;&#039;. this is similar method to the manufacturer reset method from above [[#How_do_I_perform_a_factory_reset.3F|How do I perform a factory reset?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd FLASHMAN0 reset all&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of A Checksum Boot Error?===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
checksum wrong! Loading failed for image=IPVA    BIN&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-crc-wrong.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays CRC boot error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Replace the boot harddisk by a fresh one. The boot harddisk is the 1st hd(originally named &#039;&#039;hd-boot.vmdk&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur on a system crash while a firmware update is taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NIC unavailable!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-nic-unavailable.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrate by VMware means: Ensure the correct/expected type of network interface controller(NIC) is going to be offered by the hypervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offers driver support for:&lt;br /&gt;
*AMD NIC: Am79C970A PCnet-PCI II Single-Chip Full-Duplex Ethernet Controller&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;PCNet32&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;Vlance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AMD-NIC is kind of default. However, the NIC type may be overriden manually and accordingly within the configuration file ipva.vmx as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.virtualDev = &amp;quot;vlance&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur after a VMware re-configuration of the network settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perfcounter-not enabled!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:screenshot-ipva-perfcounter-nok.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;perfcounter-not enabled!!!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This problem is likely caused by a faulty configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. Such a situation will definitely occur after importing the appliance into vSphere without importing the appliance&#039;s configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*The solution therefore is a complete conversion of the IPVA as outlined above [[#VMware vSphere | VMware vSphere]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA utilizes a VMware proprietary mechanism for its internal timekeeping&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Timekeeping in Virtual Machines http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vmware_timekeeping.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. That mechanism is only available after adding the following line to the configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
monitor_control.pseudo_perfctr = TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If that line is not present, the hypervisor is going to throw a CPU exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Isn&#039;t There An OVA/OVF File Made Available?===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply because of the feature discussed in [[##What_Can_I_Do_In_Case_Of_Boot-Problem:_perf-counter_not_enabled.21 | What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;]]. That feature can only be described in VMX files and is not projectable onto an OVA/OVF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Additional vCPUs useful?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, the innovaphone OS is a single task OS. Additional virtual CPUs(vCPUs) cannot be utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference9:Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|Innovaphone Virtual Appliance]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33673</id>
		<title>Reference10:Concept Innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33673"/>
		<updated>2014-05-21T09:00:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* VMWare Player and Workstation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept9|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*V10&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Virtual Appliance&lt;br /&gt;
*Intel/AMD CPUs&lt;br /&gt;
*VMware &lt;br /&gt;
**Workstation 7.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Player 3.x &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware Player Download(free): http://vmware.com/download/player/&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 4.1&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 5.x&lt;br /&gt;
***[[User:Inno-mst|Inno-mst]] 14:25, 16 October 2013 (CEST): vSphere &#039;&#039;&#039;5.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compatibility has been reported&lt;br /&gt;
**Fusion 5.x (Mac OS X 10.7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA) is a virtual machine to be run on a virtualization platform.&lt;br /&gt;
Whereby, VMware&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.vmware.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is is the solely supported virtualization platform to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is a software-only solution. It appears as and performs as an innovaphone &amp;quot;hard-box&amp;quot; excluding DSP-, ISDN-/AB-resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following core-components are contained within the IPVA:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Gateway (a.k.a &#039;&#039;Relay&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*integrated mass-storage (alike innovaphones&#039; CF-card support)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: IP-VA ip-va ipva --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Download|Download]] the IPVA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The compressed archive &#039;&#039;ipva-vmx.zip&#039;&#039; contains 1 virtual machine configuration file (*.vmx) and 4 virtual machine disk files (*.vmdk):&lt;br /&gt;
**ipva.vmx:     The virtual machine configuration file&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-boot.vmdk: The virtual boot harddisk (hd)&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-cf.vmdk:   The hd for emulation of a Compact Flash card&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-flash.vmdk:    The hd for emulation of flash memory&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-dump.vmdk: The hd serving as a store for a crash dump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; is the firmware file, which is only needed for update purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Player===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A shortcut (*.lnk file) to the vmx-file will start the IPVA without additional user interaction. Such a shortcut may also be copied into the Windows &#039;&#039;Autostart&#039;&#039; program folder, in order to have the IPVA started automatically on windows startup.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Workstation===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Workstation 7&#039;&#039; directory comprises the command line utility &#039;&#039;vmrun.exe&#039;&#039;. A batch file according to the following pattern may be crafted to programmatically start the IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;D:\Programme\VMware\VMware Workstation\vmrun&amp;quot; start &amp;quot;C:\Users\Tester\Desktop\ipva\ipva.vmx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: By altering &#039;&#039;start&#039;&#039; into &#039;&#039;stop&#039;&#039; a virtual machine may be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware vSphere===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies to vSphere 4.x and later (such as e.g. vSphere 5.5). &amp;lt;!-- vsphere5 vsphere5.0 vsphere5.1 vsphere5.2 vsphere5.3 vsphere5.4 vsphere5.5 vsphere55 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMware vCenter Converter Standalone====&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offered for downloading must be converted into a vSphere-processable form.&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA can be converted by means of the tool &#039;&#039;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone: https://www.vmware.com/tryvmware/?p=converter&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A step-by-step guide may be found [http://blog.lewan.com/2009/12/22/vmware-vsphere-using-vmware-converter-to-import-vms-or-vmdks-from-other-vmware-products/ here].  &lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you &#039;&#039;always use the latest VMware converter&#039;&#039; to convert your IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Why_Isn.27t_There_An_OVA.2FOVF_File_Made_Available.3F | here]] for a discussion why the conversion is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Network Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer-configured as DHCP client only. I.e. a DHCP server must be available. Afterwards the network configuration may be administrated as used to within the web ui of other innovaphone boxes. If there&#039;s in no case a DHCP server available for the 1st-time configuration, read through [[#What_Is_The_Console_Good_For?|What Is The Console Good For?]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare Player and Workstation====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to assign a new MAC address on a VMWare Workstation or VMWare Player:&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the file ipva.vmx for editing within a text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit the last 3 hex-values of the lines starting with &#039;&#039;ethernet0.generatedAddress&#039;&#039; &amp;amp; &#039;&#039;uuid.bios&#039;&#039; from e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
into e.g&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: in this example just the very last hex-value &#039;&#039;&#039;d9&#039;&#039;&#039; is going to be altered into &#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*Within my.innovaphone.com try once again to generate licenses for the virtual machine with the new MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===License Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
For the IPVA10 license see [[Reference10:Licenses]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The licensing procedure is the same as for other innovaphone products, except for one peculiarity: The MAC address, generated by VMware, may have been assigned already to another customer/installation. Such a conflict must be settled manually as explained below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, while generating licenses within &#039;&#039;my.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;, a message ([[Reference:My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists|My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists]]) is displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
IP-VA MAC exists&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
then a new MAC address must be assigned manually to the affected installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; We recommend to not use auto-generated MAC Address for the IPVA machine. Please assign a static MAC address like &#039;00-50-56-...&#039; to prevent license issues if the machine must be rebuild since you will assign the same MAC address after and not the auto-generated MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi====&lt;br /&gt;
For information related to vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi 5.x, see the Mac Addresses section of the [https://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-pubs.html vSphere Networking Guide] for your version of ESX/ESXi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Provision Of External Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
External Resources are required, in order to provide:&lt;br /&gt;
*Access to ISDN interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
*DSP conferencing channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP1060&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.innovaphone.com/fileadmin/download/newsletter/EINLEGER_IP1060_Produktkatalog2009_2010_DE_ENG.pdf IP1060 Product Information]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; media gateway may be considered as a suitable complement for such purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Download==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware IPVA.zip from http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Support procedures are commonly identical to the ones known from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances. Except for:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Post-Mortem Logs&#039;&#039;&#039; A post-mortem log must be retrieved by clicking on &#039;&#039;Admistration/Diagnostics/&#039;&#039;&#039;trace(crash-dump)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; (alternatively: http://a.b.c.d/crash_dump.txt).&lt;br /&gt;
**Note: Deviating from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances, the DRAM-content(with may be post-mortem info) does not survive a CPU-reset. This is why post-mortem information is going to be stored persistent on the 4th disk, named &#039;&#039;hd-dump.vmdk&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some known issues are listed further below under [[#FAQ | FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===ESX 3.x is unsupported===&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA does not run under ESX 3.x and below, since virtual IDE disks aren&#039;t supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don&#039;t use Maintenance/Upload/DRAM on vSphere 4===&lt;br /&gt;
Until further notice this way of uploading a new firmware is currently not supported. The VMM detects and assumes the guest (IPVA) is going to shutting-off. All the virtual harddisks may get lost in the aftermath.&lt;br /&gt;
vmware.log shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.439: vcpu-0| Vix: [4864986 vmxCommands.c:9609]: VMAutomation_HandleCLIHLTEvent. Do nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| MsgHint: msg.monitorevent.halt (sent)&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| The CPU has been disabled by the guest operating system. Power off or reset the virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...and then when trying to power-on later...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide0:1 vscsi=8303&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide1:0 vscsi=8304&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--===Release Note For V9HF1===&lt;br /&gt;
This Note refers to the fix [[Support:DVL-Roadmap_Firmware_V9#IPVA.2C_RAM-Dependent_Flash_Limitation | Support:DVL-Roadmap Firmware V9#IPVA RAM-Dependent Flash Limitation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 the available flash directory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Flash Directory: Storage for PBX objects&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; space will be constrained, depending on the available RAM. A loss of PBX objects may occur after an upgrade to V9HF1. In order to prevent such a loss perform the upgrade as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**1)Download and save the current configuration of the affected IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
**2)Upload the new firmware file and reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
**3)Upload the config from step 1).&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 an administrative reduction of the available RAM may lead into a loss of PBX objects. I.e. increasing the RAM isn&#039;t critical, while in contrast lowering the amount of RAM lowers the amount of flash directory space. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ===V9HF4 Needed For vSphere 5===&lt;br /&gt;
V9 Hotfix4 is needed, in order to run the IPVA under vSphere 5. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Firmware Updates Possible?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, alike the well-known *.bin firmware files for other innovaphone products (ip6000.bin, ip2000.bin,..) , there&#039;s a similar bin-file (ipva.bin) for the IPVA. The file is contained on the boot-hd and can be found by browsing to e.g. http://192.168.0.5/drive/HD-BOOT . The versioning of ipva.bin is the same as for the other products. The firmware file may exactly be uploaded as for other products:&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Firmware&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Dram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by a script for the innovaphone Update Process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the ipva default password?===&lt;br /&gt;
*user: admin&lt;br /&gt;
*password: ipva&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Do I Always Need To Download The Entire IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, after the 1st-time deployment of an entire IPVA only the firmware file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; needs to be downloaded from &#039;&#039;download.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;. See [[#Are_Firmware_Updates_Possible.3F| Are Firmware Updates Possible?]] for how to proceed further.&lt;br /&gt;
===How Is The Network Connection Being Handled?===&lt;br /&gt;
The network connection is pre-configured to: &#039;&#039;Bridged: Connected directly to the physical network&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the Emulated CompactFlash?===&lt;br /&gt;
1GB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can The Emulated CompactFlash Be Increased In Size?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, from within the &#039;&#039;Edit Virtual Machine&#039;&#039; dialog. Doing so just increases the size of the virtual harddisk. The emulated CompactFlash must be formatted afterwards and accordingly to benefit from the increased size. That step can be administrated from &#039;&#039;Administration/Compact Flash/Format&#039;&#039;. Note: A recommendation for an upper size limit is not given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;vSphere / vSphere Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. At first backup all of your files from CF card&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shutdown the corresponding IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose &amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot; of the IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Delete &amp;quot;Harddrive 2&amp;quot; (Hardrive file xxx/xxx_1.vmdk)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 hd-boot.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-cf.vmdk    &amp;gt; xxx_1.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-flash.vmdk &amp;gt; xxx_2.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-dump.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx_3.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Create new harddrive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Configure the required size&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. As &amp;quot;Node of virtual device&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;IDE(0:1)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Start the IPVA.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9. &amp;quot;Format&amp;quot; the CF Card and &amp;quot;mount&amp;quot; it (General/Compact-Flash/General)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the emulated Flash Storage on the IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual flash storage used to store configuration file of the IPVA and LDAP directory of the PBX is defined with 64 MB and can not be changed. This is two times more than on IP6010. The VMDK-File hd-flash.vmdk is allocated with 100 MB, because VMWare can not handle smaller virtual disks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?===&lt;br /&gt;
The downloadable virtual appliance comes preconfigured with 64MB RAM. This amount is seen as a good trade-off for the majority of all installations.&lt;br /&gt;
The RAM-size can be administrated by VMware-means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum RAM size allocatable to an IPVA in VMware is 20MB.  This results in a DRAM size seen by the IPVA of 17MB and roughly 8MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.  Note though that even a small IP302 model has 17MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Maximum Amount Of RAM?===&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum meaningful RAM setting is 3GB. Memory space beyond that limit will be left unused. Assigning more than 3GB to an IPVA instance doesn&#039;t provide any benefit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Does &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; Show Less Than the Configured Memory?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not all of the configured memory is available to the IPVA. E.g. a bit of memory is occupied by the VMM&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Virtual Machine Monitor: A component belonging to the virtualization platform&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The indicator &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; displays the memory available to the IPVA and is truncated down to a whole number. A boot-trace reveals a bit more about IPVA-available memory as shown in the following excerpt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo CPU     E8400  @ 3.00GHz&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - mem(64946176)=61.93MB ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Many IPVA Instances Are Possible Per Host?===&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s no worst-case estimate available. For a best-case calculation, &lt;br /&gt;
*see [http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vsphere4/r41/vsp_41_config_max.pdf  Configuration Maximums VMware vSphere 4.1]&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[#How_Much_RAM_Is_Required_Per_IPVA_Instance.3F | How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?]]&lt;br /&gt;
Additional preformance reflections&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[HOWTO:A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where Has PPP-Functionality Gone?===&lt;br /&gt;
PPP-scenarios (PPTP, PPPoE) are not envisaged with the IPVA, because it has only one network interface controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039;&#039;(07.Mar.2011), from on 90468: &lt;br /&gt;
*PPP has been integrated&lt;br /&gt;
*a second network interface is available (now ETH0 and ETH1)&lt;br /&gt;
**ETH1 comes pre-configured: &#039;&#039;host-only, disconnected&#039;&#039;. I.e. it must be reconfigured manually and by VMware means to become functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Does The IPVA Support Non-VMware Hypervisor Products?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, currently it doesn&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I perform a factory reset?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace the 3rd disk, served on IDE 1:0, named hd-flash.vmdk with an empty disk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:VM_Settings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)download the IPVA and watch out for the file hd-flash.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Power-off the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Replace hd-flash.vmdk with the one downloaded in step 1). If on vsphere it may have been assigned a different name. Ensure it’s the one on IDE 1:0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Power-on the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is VMWare Fault Tolerance (FT) supported by IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we have successfully tested&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Howto:Implement_PBX_with_zero_downtime_using_IPVA_and_VMWare_Fault_Tolerance | Howto:Implement PBX with zero downtime using IPVA and VMWare Fault Tolerance]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; VMWare Fault Tolerance&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMWare Fault Tolerance: http://www.vmware.com/products/fault-tolerance/overview.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a virtual machine running IPVA on VMWare vSphere 4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What About VMware Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Tools are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Console Good For?===&lt;br /&gt;
The console is a remains of the early development phase. It resembles the IP3000&#039;s serial console. It doesn&#039;t offer any convenience like command history or backspace funtionality. Nevertheless may the console be of help in exceptional situations where e.g. the required DHCP server isn&#039;t available for 1st-time configuration or in situations where the ip configuration was misconfigured. Thereby any command from a device&#039;s config is acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance to configure the static IP address 1.2.3.4/24 on ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click into the console&lt;br /&gt;
*Press ENTER&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter credentials&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since no backspace is offered it may become a daring task to enter a single line without typos. In case of a typo hit ENTER and input the same line again.&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard layout is the US layout.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ip-via-console.png|center|thumb|200px|Console-edit of IP address]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the IP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show IP0 ETH0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the DHCP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show DHCP0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional the DNS-server(s) and the default gateway can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0 /dns 8.8.8.8 /dns2 8.8.4.4&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 RT0 /gateway 1.2.3.254&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also some simple diagnostics (ping and traceroute) are possible via the console (output is given in the console):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 tracert 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 ping 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resetting the entire FLASH space - &#039;&#039;&#039;Note, all configuration will get lost&#039;&#039;&#039;. this is similar method to the manufacturer reset method from above [[#How_do_I_perform_a_factory_reset.3F|How do I perform a factory reset?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd FLASHMAN0 reset all&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of A Checksum Boot Error?===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
checksum wrong! Loading failed for image=IPVA    BIN&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-crc-wrong.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays CRC boot error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Replace the boot harddisk by a fresh one. The boot harddisk is the 1st hd(originally named &#039;&#039;hd-boot.vmdk&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur on a system crash while a firmware update is taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NIC unavailable!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-nic-unavailable.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrate by VMware means: Ensure the correct/expected type of network interface controller(NIC) is going to be offered by the hypervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offers driver support for:&lt;br /&gt;
*AMD NIC: Am79C970A PCnet-PCI II Single-Chip Full-Duplex Ethernet Controller&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;PCNet32&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;Vlance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AMD-NIC is kind of default. However, the NIC type may be overriden manually and accordingly within the configuration file ipva.vmx as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.virtualDev = &amp;quot;vlance&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur after a VMware re-configuration of the network settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perfcounter-not enabled!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:screenshot-ipva-perfcounter-nok.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;perfcounter-not enabled!!!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This problem is likely caused by a faulty configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. Such a situation will definitely occur after importing the appliance into vSphere without importing the appliance&#039;s configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*The solution therefore is a complete conversion of the IPVA as outlined above [[#VMware vSphere | VMware vSphere]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA utilizes a VMware proprietary mechanism for its internal timekeeping&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Timekeeping in Virtual Machines http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vmware_timekeeping.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. That mechanism is only available after adding the following line to the configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
monitor_control.pseudo_perfctr = TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If that line is not present, the hypervisor is going to throw a CPU exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Isn&#039;t There An OVA/OVF File Made Available?===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply because of the feature discussed in [[##What_Can_I_Do_In_Case_Of_Boot-Problem:_perf-counter_not_enabled.21 | What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;]]. That feature can only be described in VMX files and is not projectable onto an OVA/OVF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Additional vCPUs useful?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, the innovaphone OS is a single task OS. Additional virtual CPUs(vCPUs) cannot be utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference9:Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|Innovaphone Virtual Appliance]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33672</id>
		<title>Reference9:Concept Innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33672"/>
		<updated>2014-05-21T08:26:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* VMWare Player and Workstation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept9|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*V9&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Virtual Appliance&lt;br /&gt;
*Intel/AMD CPUs&lt;br /&gt;
*VMware &lt;br /&gt;
**Workstation 7.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Player 3.x &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware Player Download(free): http://vmware.com/download/player/&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 4.1&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 5.x&lt;br /&gt;
***[[User:Inno-mst|Inno-mst]] 14:25, 16 October 2013 (CEST): vSphere &#039;&#039;&#039;5.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compatibility has been reported&lt;br /&gt;
**Fusion 5.x (Mac OS X 10.7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA) is a virtual machine to be run on a virtualization platform.&lt;br /&gt;
Whereby, VMware&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.vmware.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is is the solely supported virtualization platform to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is a software-only solution. It appears as and performs as an innovaphone &amp;quot;hard-box&amp;quot; excluding DSP-, ISDN-/AB-resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following core-components are contained within the IPVA:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Gateway (a.k.a &#039;&#039;Relay&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*integrated mass-storage (alike innovaphones&#039; CF-card support)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: IP-VA ip-va ipva --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Download|Download]] the IPVA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The compressed archive &#039;&#039;ipva-vmx.zip&#039;&#039; contains 1 virtual machine configuration file (*.vmx) and 4 virtual machine disk files (*.vmdk):&lt;br /&gt;
**ipva.vmx:     The virtual machine configuration file&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-boot.vmdk: The virtual boot harddisk (hd)&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-cf.vmdk:   The hd for emulation of a Compact Flash card&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-flash.vmdk:    The hd for emulation of flash memory&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-dump.vmdk: The hd serving as a store for a crash dump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; is the firmware file, which is only needed for update purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Player===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A shortcut (*.lnk file) to the vmx-file will start the IPVA without additional user interaction. Such a shortcut may also be copied into the Windows &#039;&#039;Autostart&#039;&#039; program folder, in order to have the IPVA started automatically on windows startup.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Workstation===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Workstation 7&#039;&#039; directory comprises the command line utility &#039;&#039;vmrun.exe&#039;&#039;. A batch file according to the following pattern may be crafted to programmatically start the IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;D:\Programme\VMware\VMware Workstation\vmrun&amp;quot; start &amp;quot;C:\Users\Tester\Desktop\ipva\ipva.vmx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: By altering &#039;&#039;start&#039;&#039; into &#039;&#039;stop&#039;&#039; a virtual machine may be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware vSphere===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies to vSphere 4.x and later (such as e.g. vSphere 5.5). &amp;lt;!-- vsphere5 vsphere5.0 vsphere5.1 vsphere5.2 vsphere5.3 vsphere5.4 vsphere5.5 vsphere55 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMware vCenter Converter Standalone====&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offered for downloading must be converted into a vSphere-processable form.&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA can be converted by means of the tool &#039;&#039;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone: https://www.vmware.com/tryvmware/?p=converter&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A step-by-step guide may be found [http://blog.lewan.com/2009/12/22/vmware-vsphere-using-vmware-converter-to-import-vms-or-vmdks-from-other-vmware-products/ here].  &lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you &#039;&#039;always use the latest VMware converter&#039;&#039; to convert your IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Why_Isn.27t_There_An_OVA.2FOVF_File_Made_Available.3F | here]] for a discussion why the conversion is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Network Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer-configured as DHCP client only. I.e. a DHCP server must be available. Afterwards the network configuration may be administrated as used to within the web ui of other innovaphone boxes. If there&#039;s in no case a DHCP server available for the 1st-time configuration, read through [[#What_Is_The_Console_Good_For?|What Is The Console Good For?]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===License Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
For the IPVA9 license see [[Reference9:Licenses]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The licensing procedure is the same as for other innovaphone products, except for one peculiarity: The MAC address, generated by VMware, may have been assigned already to another customer/installation. Such a conflict must be settled manually as explained below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, while generating licenses within &#039;&#039;my.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;, a message ([[Reference:My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists|My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists]]) is displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
IP-VA MAC exists&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
then a new MAC address must be assigned manually to the affected installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare Player and Workstation====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to assign a new MAC address (it has to start with 00-0c-29 to be recognized as IPVA in my.innovaphone) on a VMWare Workstation or VMWare Player:&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the file ipva.vmx for editing within a text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit the last 3 hex-values of the lines starting with &#039;&#039;ethernet0.generatedAddress&#039;&#039; &amp;amp; &#039;&#039;uuid.bios&#039;&#039; from e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
into e.g&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: in this example just the very last hex-value &#039;&#039;&#039;d9&#039;&#039;&#039; is going to be altered into &#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*Within my.innovaphone.com try once again to generate licenses for the virtual machine with the new MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi====&lt;br /&gt;
For information related to vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi 5.x, see the Mac Addresses section of the [https://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-pubs.html vSphere Networking Guide] for your version of ESX/ESXi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Provision Of External Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
External Resources are required, in order to provide:&lt;br /&gt;
*Access to ISDN interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
*DSP conferencing channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP1060&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.innovaphone.com/fileadmin/download/newsletter/EINLEGER_IP1060_Produktkatalog2009_2010_DE_ENG.pdf IP1060 Product Information]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; media gateway may be considered as a suitable complement for such purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Download==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware IPVA.zip from http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Support procedures are commonly identical to the ones known from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances. Except for:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Post-Mortem Logs&#039;&#039;&#039; A post-mortem log must be retrieved by clicking on &#039;&#039;Admistration/Diagnostics/&#039;&#039;&#039;trace(crash-dump)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; (alternatively: http://a.b.c.d/crash_dump.txt).&lt;br /&gt;
**Note: Deviating from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances, the DRAM-content(with may be post-mortem info) does not survive a CPU-reset. This is why post-mortem information is going to be stored persistent on the 4th disk, named &#039;&#039;hd-dump.vmdk&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some known issues are listed further below under [[#FAQ | FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===ESX 3.x is unsupported===&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA does not run under ESX 3.x and below, since virtual IDE disks aren&#039;t supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don&#039;t use Maintenance/Upload/DRAM on vSphere 4===&lt;br /&gt;
Until further notice this way of uploading a new firmware is currently not supported. The VMM detects and assumes the guest (IPVA) is going to shutting-off. All the virtual harddisks may get lost in the aftermath.&lt;br /&gt;
vmware.log shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.439: vcpu-0| Vix: [4864986 vmxCommands.c:9609]: VMAutomation_HandleCLIHLTEvent. Do nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| MsgHint: msg.monitorevent.halt (sent)&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| The CPU has been disabled by the guest operating system. Power off or reset the virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...and then when trying to power-on later...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide0:1 vscsi=8303&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide1:0 vscsi=8304&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Release Note For V9HF1===&lt;br /&gt;
This Note refers to the fix [[Support:DVL-Roadmap_Firmware_V9#IPVA.2C_RAM-Dependent_Flash_Limitation | Support:DVL-Roadmap Firmware V9#IPVA RAM-Dependent Flash Limitation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 the available flash directory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Flash Directory: Storage for PBX objects&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; space will be constrained, depending on the available RAM. A loss of PBX objects may occur after an upgrade to V9HF1. In order to prevent such a loss perform the upgrade as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**1)Download and save the current configuration of the affected IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
**2)Upload the new firmware file and reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
**3)Upload the config from step 1).&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 an administrative reduction of the available RAM may lead into a loss of PBX objects. I.e. increasing the RAM isn&#039;t critical, while in contrast lowering the amount of RAM lowers the amount of flash directory space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V9HF4 Needed For vSphere 5===&lt;br /&gt;
V9 Hotfix4 is needed, in order to run the IPVA under vSphere 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Firmware Updates Possible?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, alike the well-known *.bin firmware files for other innovaphone products (ip6000.bin, ip2000.bin,..) , there&#039;s a similar bin-file (ipva.bin) for the IPVA. The file is contained on the boot-hd and can be found by browsing to e.g. http://192.168.0.5/drive/HD-BOOT . The versioning of ipva.bin is the same as for the other products. The firmware file may exactly be uploaded as for other products:&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Firmware&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Dram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by a script for the innovaphone Update Process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the ipva default password?===&lt;br /&gt;
*user: admin&lt;br /&gt;
*password: ipva&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Do I Always Need To Download The Entire IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, after the 1st-time deployment of an entire IPVA only the firmware file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; needs to be downloaded from &#039;&#039;download.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;. See [[#Are_Firmware_Updates_Possible.3F| Are Firmware Updates Possible?]] for how to proceed further.&lt;br /&gt;
===How Is The Network Connection Being Handled?===&lt;br /&gt;
The network connection is pre-configured to: &#039;&#039;Bridged: Connected directly to the physical network&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the Emulated CompactFlash?===&lt;br /&gt;
1GB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can The Emulated CompactFlash Be Increased In Size?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, from within the &#039;&#039;Edit Virtual Machine&#039;&#039; dialog. Doing so just increases the size of the virtual harddisk. The emulated CompactFlash must be formatted afterwards and accordingly to benefit from the increased size. That step can be administrated from &#039;&#039;Administration/Compact Flash/Format&#039;&#039;. Note: A recommendation for an upper size limit is not given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;vSphere / vSphere Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. At first backup all of your files from CF card&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shutdown the corresponding IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose &amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot; of the IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Delete &amp;quot;Harddrive 2&amp;quot; (Hardrive file xxx/xxx_1.vmdk)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 hd-boot.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-cf.vmdk    &amp;gt; xxx_1.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-flash.vmdk &amp;gt; xxx_2.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-dump.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx_3.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Create new harddrive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Configure the required size&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. As &amp;quot;Node of virtual device&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;IDE(0:1)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Start the IPVA.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9. &amp;quot;Format&amp;quot; the CF Card and &amp;quot;mount&amp;quot; it (General/Compact-Flash/General)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the emulated Flash Storage on the IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual flash storage used to store configuration file of the IPVA and LDAP directory of the PBX is defined with 64 MB and can not be changed. This is two times more than on IP6010. The VMDK-File hd-flash.vmdk is allocated with 100 MB, because VMWare can not handle smaller virtual disks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?===&lt;br /&gt;
The downloadable virtual appliance comes preconfigured with 64MB RAM. This amount is seen as a good trade-off for the majority of all installations.&lt;br /&gt;
The RAM-size can be administrated by VMware-means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum RAM size allocatable to an IPVA in VMware is 20MB.  This results in a DRAM size seen by the IPVA of 17MB and roughly 8MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.  Note though that even a small IP302 model has 17MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Maximum Amount Of RAM?===&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum meaningful RAM setting is 3GB. Memory space beyond that limit will be left unused. Assigning more than 3GB to an IPVA instance doesn&#039;t provide any benefit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Does &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; Show Less Than the Configured Memory?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not all of the configured memory is available to the IPVA. E.g. a bit of memory is occupied by the VMM&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Virtual Machine Monitor: A component belonging to the virtualization platform&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The indicator &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; displays the memory available to the IPVA and is truncated down to a whole number. A boot-trace reveals a bit more about IPVA-available memory as shown in the following excerpt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo CPU     E8400  @ 3.00GHz&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - mem(64946176)=61.93MB ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Many IPVA Instances Are Possible Per Host?===&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s no worst-case estimate available. For a best-case calculation, &lt;br /&gt;
*see [http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vsphere4/r41/vsp_41_config_max.pdf  Configuration Maximums VMware vSphere 4.1]&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[#How_Much_RAM_Is_Required_Per_IPVA_Instance.3F | How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?]]&lt;br /&gt;
Additional preformance reflections&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[HOWTO:A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where Has PPP-Functionality Gone?===&lt;br /&gt;
PPP-scenarios (PPTP, PPPoE) are not envisaged with the IPVA, because it has only one network interface controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039;&#039;(07.Mar.2011), from on 90468: &lt;br /&gt;
*PPP has been integrated&lt;br /&gt;
*a second network interface is available (now ETH0 and ETH1)&lt;br /&gt;
**ETH1 comes pre-configured: &#039;&#039;host-only, disconnected&#039;&#039;. I.e. it must be reconfigured manually and by VMware means to become functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Does The IPVA Support Non-VMware Hypervisor Products?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, currently it doesn&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I perform a factory reset?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace the 3rd disk, served on IDE 1:0, named hd-flash.vmdk with an empty disk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:VM_Settings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)download the IPVA and watch out for the file hd-flash.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Power-off the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Replace hd-flash.vmdk with the one downloaded in step 1). If on vsphere it may have been assigned a different name. Ensure it’s the one on IDE 1:0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Power-on the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is VMWare Fault Tolerance (FT) supported by IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we have successfully tested&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Howto:Implement_PBX_with_zero_downtime_using_IPVA_and_VMWare_Fault_Tolerance | Howto:Implement PBX with zero downtime using IPVA and VMWare Fault Tolerance]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; VMWare Fault Tolerance&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMWare Fault Tolerance: http://www.vmware.com/products/fault-tolerance/overview.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a virtual machine running IPVA on VMWare vSphere 4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What About VMware Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Tools are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Console Good For?===&lt;br /&gt;
The console is a remains of the early development phase. It resembles the IP3000&#039;s serial console. It doesn&#039;t offer any convenience like command history or backspace funtionality. Nevertheless may the console be of help in exceptional situations where e.g. the required DHCP server isn&#039;t available for 1st-time configuration or in situations where the ip configuration was misconfigured. Thereby any command from a device&#039;s config is acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance to configure the static IP address 1.2.3.4/24 on ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click into the console&lt;br /&gt;
*Press ENTER&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter credentials&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since no backspace is offered it may become a daring task to enter a single line without typos. In case of a typo hit ENTER and input the same line again.&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard layout is the US layout.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ip-via-console.png|center|thumb|200px|Console-edit of IP address]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the IP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show IP0 ETH0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the DHCP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show DHCP0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional the DNS-server(s) and the default gateway can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0 /dns 8.8.8.8 /dns2 8.8.4.4&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 RT0 /gateway 1.2.3.254&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also some simple diagnostics (ping and traceroute) are possible via the console (output is given in the console):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 tracert 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 ping 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resetting the entire FLASH space - &#039;&#039;&#039;Note, all configuration will get lost&#039;&#039;&#039;. this is similar method to the manufacturer reset method from above [[#How_do_I_perform_a_factory_reset.3F|How do I perform a factory reset?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd FLASHMAN0 reset all&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of A Checksum Boot Error?===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
checksum wrong! Loading failed for image=IPVA    BIN&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-crc-wrong.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays CRC boot error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Replace the boot harddisk by a fresh one. The boot harddisk is the 1st hd(originally named &#039;&#039;hd-boot.vmdk&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur on a system crash while a firmware update is taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NIC unavailable!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-nic-unavailable.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrate by VMware means: Ensure the correct/expected type of network interface controller(NIC) is going to be offered by the hypervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offers driver support for:&lt;br /&gt;
*AMD NIC: Am79C970A PCnet-PCI II Single-Chip Full-Duplex Ethernet Controller&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;PCNet32&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;Vlance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AMD-NIC is kind of default. However, the NIC type may be overriden manually and accordingly within the configuration file ipva.vmx as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.virtualDev = &amp;quot;vlance&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur after a VMware re-configuration of the network settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perfcounter-not enabled!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:screenshot-ipva-perfcounter-nok.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;perfcounter-not enabled!!!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This problem is likely caused by a faulty configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. Such a situation will definitely occur after importing the appliance into vSphere without importing the appliance&#039;s configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*The solution therefore is a complete conversion of the IPVA as outlined above [[#VMware vSphere | VMware vSphere]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA utilizes a VMware proprietary mechanism for its internal timekeeping&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Timekeeping in Virtual Machines http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vmware_timekeeping.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. That mechanism is only available after adding the following line to the configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
monitor_control.pseudo_perfctr = TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If that line is not present, the hypervisor is going to throw a CPU exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Isn&#039;t There An OVA/OVF File Made Available?===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply because of the feature discussed in [[##What_Can_I_Do_In_Case_Of_Boot-Problem:_perf-counter_not_enabled.21 | What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;]]. That feature can only be described in VMX files and is not projectable onto an OVA/OVF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Additional vCPUs useful?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, the innovaphone OS is a single task OS. Additional virtual CPUs(vCPUs) cannot be utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference9:Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|Innovaphone Virtual Appliance]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33671</id>
		<title>Reference10:Concept Innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance_(IPVA)&amp;diff=33671"/>
		<updated>2014-05-21T08:26:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept9|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*V10&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Virtual Appliance&lt;br /&gt;
*Intel/AMD CPUs&lt;br /&gt;
*VMware &lt;br /&gt;
**Workstation 7.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Player 3.x &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware Player Download(free): http://vmware.com/download/player/&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 4.1&lt;br /&gt;
**vSphere 5.x&lt;br /&gt;
***[[User:Inno-mst|Inno-mst]] 14:25, 16 October 2013 (CEST): vSphere &#039;&#039;&#039;5.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compatibility has been reported&lt;br /&gt;
**Fusion 5.x (Mac OS X 10.7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone Virtual Appliance (IPVA) is a virtual machine to be run on a virtualization platform.&lt;br /&gt;
Whereby, VMware&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.vmware.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is is the solely supported virtualization platform to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is a software-only solution. It appears as and performs as an innovaphone &amp;quot;hard-box&amp;quot; excluding DSP-, ISDN-/AB-resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following core-components are contained within the IPVA:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone Gateway (a.k.a &#039;&#039;Relay&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*integrated mass-storage (alike innovaphones&#039; CF-card support)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: IP-VA ip-va ipva --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Download|Download]] the IPVA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The compressed archive &#039;&#039;ipva-vmx.zip&#039;&#039; contains 1 virtual machine configuration file (*.vmx) and 4 virtual machine disk files (*.vmdk):&lt;br /&gt;
**ipva.vmx:     The virtual machine configuration file&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-boot.vmdk: The virtual boot harddisk (hd)&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-cf.vmdk:   The hd for emulation of a Compact Flash card&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-flash.vmdk:    The hd for emulation of flash memory&lt;br /&gt;
**hd-dump.vmdk: The hd serving as a store for a crash dump&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; is the firmware file, which is only needed for update purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Player===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A shortcut (*.lnk file) to the vmx-file will start the IPVA without additional user interaction. Such a shortcut may also be copied into the Windows &#039;&#039;Autostart&#039;&#039; program folder, in order to have the IPVA started automatically on windows startup.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware Workstation===&lt;br /&gt;
*Copy the IPVA to e.g. your desktop&lt;br /&gt;
*Double-click on ipva.vmx&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA is going to be started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Workstation 7&#039;&#039; directory comprises the command line utility &#039;&#039;vmrun.exe&#039;&#039;. A batch file according to the following pattern may be crafted to programmatically start the IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;D:\Programme\VMware\VMware Workstation\vmrun&amp;quot; start &amp;quot;C:\Users\Tester\Desktop\ipva\ipva.vmx&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: By altering &#039;&#039;start&#039;&#039; into &#039;&#039;stop&#039;&#039; a virtual machine may be stopped.&lt;br /&gt;
===VMware vSphere===&lt;br /&gt;
This applies to vSphere 4.x and later (such as e.g. vSphere 5.5). &amp;lt;!-- vsphere5 vsphere5.0 vsphere5.1 vsphere5.2 vsphere5.3 vsphere5.4 vsphere5.5 vsphere55 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMware vCenter Converter Standalone====&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offered for downloading must be converted into a vSphere-processable form.&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA can be converted by means of the tool &#039;&#039;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMware vCenter Converter Standalone: https://www.vmware.com/tryvmware/?p=converter&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A step-by-step guide may be found [http://blog.lewan.com/2009/12/22/vmware-vsphere-using-vmware-converter-to-import-vms-or-vmdks-from-other-vmware-products/ here].  &lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you &#039;&#039;always use the latest VMware converter&#039;&#039; to convert your IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[#Why_Isn.27t_There_An_OVA.2FOVF_File_Made_Available.3F | here]] for a discussion why the conversion is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Network Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturer-configured as DHCP client only. I.e. a DHCP server must be available. Afterwards the network configuration may be administrated as used to within the web ui of other innovaphone boxes. If there&#039;s in no case a DHCP server available for the 1st-time configuration, read through [[#What_Is_The_Console_Good_For?|What Is The Console Good For?]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare Player and Workstation====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to assign a new MAC address (it has to start with 00:0c:29 to be recognized as IPVA in my.innovaphone) on a VMWare Workstation or VMWare Player:&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the file ipva.vmx for editing within a text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit the last 3 hex-values of the lines starting with &#039;&#039;ethernet0.generatedAddress&#039;&#039; &amp;amp; &#039;&#039;uuid.bios&#039;&#039; from e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 d9&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
into e.g&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.generatedAddress = &amp;quot;00:0c:29:f4:c6:da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
uuid.bios = &amp;quot;56 4d 64 b9 52 ce 38 57-66 29 e8 f2 77 f4 c6 da&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Note: in this example just the very last hex-value &#039;&#039;&#039;d9&#039;&#039;&#039; is going to be altered into &#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*Within my.innovaphone.com try once again to generate licenses for the virtual machine with the new MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===License Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
For the IPVA10 license see [[Reference10:Licenses]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The licensing procedure is the same as for other innovaphone products, except for one peculiarity: The MAC address, generated by VMware, may have been assigned already to another customer/installation. Such a conflict must be settled manually as explained below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, while generating licenses within &#039;&#039;my.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;, a message ([[Reference:My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists|My_Innovaphone#IP-VA_MAC_exists]]) is displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
IP-VA MAC exists&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
then a new MAC address must be assigned manually to the affected installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; We recommend to not use auto-generated MAC Address for the IPVA machine. Please assign a static MAC address like &#039;00-50-56-...&#039; to prevent license issues if the machine must be rebuild since you will assign the same MAC address after and not the auto-generated MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====VMWare vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi====&lt;br /&gt;
For information related to vSphere, ESX/ESXi 4.1 and ESXi 5.x, see the Mac Addresses section of the [https://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-pubs.html vSphere Networking Guide] for your version of ESX/ESXi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Provision Of External Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
External Resources are required, in order to provide:&lt;br /&gt;
*Access to ISDN interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
*DSP conferencing channels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP1060&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.innovaphone.com/fileadmin/download/newsletter/EINLEGER_IP1060_Produktkatalog2009_2010_DE_ENG.pdf IP1060 Product Information]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; media gateway may be considered as a suitable complement for such purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Download==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware IPVA.zip from http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/9.00/#firmware]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Support procedures are commonly identical to the ones known from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances. Except for:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Post-Mortem Logs&#039;&#039;&#039; A post-mortem log must be retrieved by clicking on &#039;&#039;Admistration/Diagnostics/&#039;&#039;&#039;trace(crash-dump)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; (alternatively: http://a.b.c.d/crash_dump.txt).&lt;br /&gt;
**Note: Deviating from innovaphones&#039; physical appliances, the DRAM-content(with may be post-mortem info) does not survive a CPU-reset. This is why post-mortem information is going to be stored persistent on the 4th disk, named &#039;&#039;hd-dump.vmdk&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some known issues are listed further below under [[#FAQ | FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===ESX 3.x is unsupported===&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA does not run under ESX 3.x and below, since virtual IDE disks aren&#039;t supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don&#039;t use Maintenance/Upload/DRAM on vSphere 4===&lt;br /&gt;
Until further notice this way of uploading a new firmware is currently not supported. The VMM detects and assumes the guest (IPVA) is going to shutting-off. All the virtual harddisks may get lost in the aftermath.&lt;br /&gt;
vmware.log shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.439: vcpu-0| Vix: [4864986 vmxCommands.c:9609]: VMAutomation_HandleCLIHLTEvent. Do nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| MsgHint: msg.monitorevent.halt (sent)&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 02 13:02:25.462: vcpu-0| The CPU has been disabled by the guest operating system. Power off or reset the virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...and then when trying to power-on later...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide0:1 vscsi=8303&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.260: vmx| Destroying virtual dev for ide1:0 vscsi=8304&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIStopVports: Invalid handle&lt;br /&gt;
Mar 03 08:37:00.261: vmx| VMMon_VSCSIDestroyDev: Not found&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--===Release Note For V9HF1===&lt;br /&gt;
This Note refers to the fix [[Support:DVL-Roadmap_Firmware_V9#IPVA.2C_RAM-Dependent_Flash_Limitation | Support:DVL-Roadmap Firmware V9#IPVA RAM-Dependent Flash Limitation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 the available flash directory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Flash Directory: Storage for PBX objects&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; space will be constrained, depending on the available RAM. A loss of PBX objects may occur after an upgrade to V9HF1. In order to prevent such a loss perform the upgrade as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**1)Download and save the current configuration of the affected IPVA.&lt;br /&gt;
**2)Upload the new firmware file and reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
**3)Upload the config from step 1).&lt;br /&gt;
*From on V9HF1 an administrative reduction of the available RAM may lead into a loss of PBX objects. I.e. increasing the RAM isn&#039;t critical, while in contrast lowering the amount of RAM lowers the amount of flash directory space. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ===V9HF4 Needed For vSphere 5===&lt;br /&gt;
V9 Hotfix4 is needed, in order to run the IPVA under vSphere 5. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Firmware Updates Possible?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, alike the well-known *.bin firmware files for other innovaphone products (ip6000.bin, ip2000.bin,..) , there&#039;s a similar bin-file (ipva.bin) for the IPVA. The file is contained on the boot-hd and can be found by browsing to e.g. http://192.168.0.5/drive/HD-BOOT . The versioning of ipva.bin is the same as for the other products. The firmware file may exactly be uploaded as for other products:&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Firmware&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by &#039;&#039;Upload/Dram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* by a script for the innovaphone Update Process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the ipva default password?===&lt;br /&gt;
*user: admin&lt;br /&gt;
*password: ipva&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Do I Always Need To Download The Entire IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, after the 1st-time deployment of an entire IPVA only the firmware file &#039;&#039;ipva.bin&#039;&#039; needs to be downloaded from &#039;&#039;download.innovaphone.com&#039;&#039;. See [[#Are_Firmware_Updates_Possible.3F| Are Firmware Updates Possible?]] for how to proceed further.&lt;br /&gt;
===How Is The Network Connection Being Handled?===&lt;br /&gt;
The network connection is pre-configured to: &#039;&#039;Bridged: Connected directly to the physical network&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the Emulated CompactFlash?===&lt;br /&gt;
1GB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can The Emulated CompactFlash Be Increased In Size?===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, from within the &#039;&#039;Edit Virtual Machine&#039;&#039; dialog. Doing so just increases the size of the virtual harddisk. The emulated CompactFlash must be formatted afterwards and accordingly to benefit from the increased size. That step can be administrated from &#039;&#039;Administration/Compact Flash/Format&#039;&#039;. Note: A recommendation for an upper size limit is not given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;vSphere / vSphere Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. At first backup all of your files from CF card&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shutdown the corresponding IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose &amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot; of the IPVA&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Delete &amp;quot;Harddrive 2&amp;quot; (Hardrive file xxx/xxx_1.vmdk)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 hd-boot.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-cf.vmdk    &amp;gt; xxx_1.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-flash.vmdk &amp;gt; xxx_2.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
 hd-dump.vmdk  &amp;gt; xxx_3.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Create new harddrive&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Configure the required size&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. As &amp;quot;Node of virtual device&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;IDE(0:1)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Start the IPVA.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9. &amp;quot;Format&amp;quot; the CF Card and &amp;quot;mount&amp;quot; it (General/Compact-Flash/General)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Size Of the emulated Flash Storage on the IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual flash storage used to store configuration file of the IPVA and LDAP directory of the PBX is defined with 64 MB and can not be changed. This is two times more than on IP6010. The VMDK-File hd-flash.vmdk is allocated with 100 MB, because VMWare can not handle smaller virtual disks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?===&lt;br /&gt;
The downloadable virtual appliance comes preconfigured with 64MB RAM. This amount is seen as a good trade-off for the majority of all installations.&lt;br /&gt;
The RAM-size can be administrated by VMware-means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum RAM size allocatable to an IPVA in VMware is 20MB.  This results in a DRAM size seen by the IPVA of 17MB and roughly 8MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.  Note though that even a small IP302 model has 17MB allocatable runtime memory after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Maximum Amount Of RAM?===&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum meaningful RAM setting is 3GB. Memory space beyond that limit will be left unused. Assigning more than 3GB to an IPVA instance doesn&#039;t provide any benefit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Does &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; Show Less Than the Configured Memory?===&lt;br /&gt;
Not all of the configured memory is available to the IPVA. E.g. a bit of memory is occupied by the VMM&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Virtual Machine Monitor: A component belonging to the virtualization platform&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The indicator &#039;&#039;General/Info/DRAM&#039;&#039; displays the memory available to the IPVA and is truncated down to a whole number. A boot-trace reveals a bit more about IPVA-available memory as shown in the following excerpt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo CPU     E8400  @ 3.00GHz&lt;br /&gt;
0:0000:030:4 - mem(64946176)=61.93MB ...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Many IPVA Instances Are Possible Per Host?===&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s no worst-case estimate available. For a best-case calculation, &lt;br /&gt;
*see [http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vsphere4/r41/vsp_41_config_max.pdf  Configuration Maximums VMware vSphere 4.1]&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[#How_Much_RAM_Is_Required_Per_IPVA_Instance.3F | How Much RAM Is Required Per IPVA Instance?]]&lt;br /&gt;
Additional preformance reflections&lt;br /&gt;
*see [[HOWTO:A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where Has PPP-Functionality Gone?===&lt;br /&gt;
PPP-scenarios (PPTP, PPPoE) are not envisaged with the IPVA, because it has only one network interface controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update&#039;&#039;&#039;(07.Mar.2011), from on 90468: &lt;br /&gt;
*PPP has been integrated&lt;br /&gt;
*a second network interface is available (now ETH0 and ETH1)&lt;br /&gt;
**ETH1 comes pre-configured: &#039;&#039;host-only, disconnected&#039;&#039;. I.e. it must be reconfigured manually and by VMware means to become functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Does The IPVA Support Non-VMware Hypervisor Products?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, currently it doesn&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I perform a factory reset?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace the 3rd disk, served on IDE 1:0, named hd-flash.vmdk with an empty disk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:VM_Settings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)download the IPVA and watch out for the file hd-flash.vmdk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Power-off the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Replace hd-flash.vmdk with the one downloaded in step 1). If on vsphere it may have been assigned a different name. Ensure it’s the one on IDE 1:0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Power-on the IPVA instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is VMWare Fault Tolerance (FT) supported by IPVA?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we have successfully tested&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Howto:Implement_PBX_with_zero_downtime_using_IPVA_and_VMWare_Fault_Tolerance | Howto:Implement PBX with zero downtime using IPVA and VMWare Fault Tolerance]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; VMWare Fault Tolerance&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;VMWare Fault Tolerance: http://www.vmware.com/products/fault-tolerance/overview.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with a virtual machine running IPVA on VMWare vSphere 4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What About VMware Tools?===&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Tools are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Is The Console Good For?===&lt;br /&gt;
The console is a remains of the early development phase. It resembles the IP3000&#039;s serial console. It doesn&#039;t offer any convenience like command history or backspace funtionality. Nevertheless may the console be of help in exceptional situations where e.g. the required DHCP server isn&#039;t available for 1st-time configuration or in situations where the ip configuration was misconfigured. Thereby any command from a device&#039;s config is acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance to configure the static IP address 1.2.3.4/24 on ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click into the console&lt;br /&gt;
*Press ENTER&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter credentials&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since no backspace is offered it may become a daring task to enter a single line without typos. In case of a typo hit ENTER and input the same line again.&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard layout is the US layout.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ip-via-console.png|center|thumb|200px|Console-edit of IP address]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the IP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show IP0 ETH0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display the DHCP configuration for ETH0:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config show DHCP0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional the DNS-server(s) and the default gateway can be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 ETH0 /addr 1.2.3.4 /mask 255.255.255.0 /dns 8.8.8.8 /dns2 8.8.4.4&lt;br /&gt;
config change IP0 RT0 /gateway 1.2.3.254&lt;br /&gt;
config change DHCP0 /mode off&lt;br /&gt;
config write&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also some simple diagnostics (ping and traceroute) are possible via the console (output is given in the console):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 tracert 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd PING0 ping 8.8.8.8&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resetting the entire FLASH space - &#039;&#039;&#039;Note, all configuration will get lost&#039;&#039;&#039;. this is similar method to the manufacturer reset method from above [[#How_do_I_perform_a_factory_reset.3F|How do I perform a factory reset?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mod cmd FLASHMAN0 reset all&lt;br /&gt;
reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of A Checksum Boot Error?===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
checksum wrong! Loading failed for image=IPVA    BIN&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-crc-wrong.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays CRC boot error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Replace the boot harddisk by a fresh one. The boot harddisk is the 1st hd(originally named &#039;&#039;hd-boot.vmdk&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur on a system crash while a firmware update is taking place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
NIC unavailable!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ipva-nic-unavailable.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;NIC unavailable!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Power-off the IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrate by VMware means: Ensure the correct/expected type of network interface controller(NIC) is going to be offered by the hypervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA offers driver support for:&lt;br /&gt;
*AMD NIC: Am79C970A PCnet-PCI II Single-Chip Full-Duplex Ethernet Controller&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;PCNet32&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**a.k.a &#039;&#039;Vlance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AMD-NIC is kind of default. However, the NIC type may be overriden manually and accordingly within the configuration file ipva.vmx as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet0.virtualDev = &amp;quot;vlance&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This problem may occur after a VMware re-configuration of the network settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph applies, if you experience the following start-up problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Symptom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the IPVA doesn&#039;t start properly&lt;br /&gt;
*the console displays&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perfcounter-not enabled!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:screenshot-ipva-perfcounter-nok.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Console displays &#039;&#039;perfcounter-not enabled!!!&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This problem is likely caused by a faulty configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. Such a situation will definitely occur after importing the appliance into vSphere without importing the appliance&#039;s configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*The solution therefore is a complete conversion of the IPVA as outlined above [[#VMware vSphere | VMware vSphere]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The IPVA utilizes a VMware proprietary mechanism for its internal timekeeping&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Timekeeping in Virtual Machines http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vmware_timekeeping.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. That mechanism is only available after adding the following line to the configuration file &#039;&#039;ipva.vmx&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
monitor_control.pseudo_perfctr = TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If that line is not present, the hypervisor is going to throw a CPU exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Isn&#039;t There An OVA/OVF File Made Available?===&lt;br /&gt;
Simply because of the feature discussed in [[##What_Can_I_Do_In_Case_Of_Boot-Problem:_perf-counter_not_enabled.21 | What Can I Do In Case Of Boot-Problem: &#039;&#039;perf-counter not enabled!&#039;&#039;]]. That feature can only be described in VMX files and is not projectable onto an OVA/OVF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Are Additional vCPUs useful?===&lt;br /&gt;
No, the innovaphone OS is a single task OS. Additional virtual CPUs(vCPUs) cannot be utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference9:Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#A_rough_estimate_of_IPVA_Performance | A rough estimate of IPVA Performance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|Innovaphone Virtual Appliance]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Licenses&amp;diff=32655</id>
		<title>Reference10:Licenses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference10:Licenses&amp;diff=32655"/>
		<updated>2014-02-06T13:15:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Licenses are used on the innovaphone gateways to enable specific features so that the customers have to pay for features only, which they actually use. There are 3 different types of licenses: For the Gateway (Relay), the PBX and DECT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gateway Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Channels: Enables the use of the number of DSP channels as specified in the license. A DSP channel is needed for each call to a ISDN interface, an analog Interface or a conference interface. If no license is availabe the call is rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;BRIs: Enables the use of a ISDN Basic Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;PRIs: Enables the use of a ISDN Primary Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Gatekeeper7: Enables the gatekeeper functionality on version 7,8 and version 9. Which means the gateway VOIP interface type &#039;Gatekeeper/Registrar&#039; is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Built in Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the release of version 7 some hardware platforms already come fully equipped with all necessary interface licenses. The units are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP22&lt;br /&gt;
* IP24&lt;br /&gt;
* IP28&lt;br /&gt;
* IP38&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This includes also the required &#039;&#039;Channel&#039;&#039; licenses.  Built-in licenses are not shown in the &#039;&#039;Licenses&#039;&#039; table in [[Reference7:Administration/Gateway/General|&#039;&#039;Gateway / General&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All PBX licenses contain a version number, which is indicated by &amp;lt;v&amp;gt; in the follwing text (Example: Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; for Version 9 is Port9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If on a PBX licenses of the same type but with different versions are installed, the lowest version is used for all licenses of this type (Example: If Port8=50, Port9=100 and Port10=50 is installed, the effektive license is Port8=200).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For licenses used on the PBX itself (Port, IPVA, Mobility, Voicemail, Standby) the version must be at least the version of the PBX (Example on a PBX Version 9, Port8 cannot be used, but Port9, Port10, ...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For licenses used by external applications (SoftwarePhones, Operator, QueueMonitor, Reporting), the version of the external applications defines which license is needed. (Example: On a PBX Version 9, an Operator8 license maybe installed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: Port License. To register endpoints at PBX objects. Multiple endpoints can register at one object and only one port license is used. A port license gets used when an object has at least one registration. Objects without registration do not use licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;IPVA&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: Enables the Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; license on an IPVA platform. For each Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; license &#039;&#039;used&#039;&#039; on an IPVA an IPVA&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; license is needed.  &#039;&#039;Usage&#039;&#039; here refers to the fact that a &#039;&#039;Port&#039;&#039; license is actually used to do a registration on a PBX object.  Port licenses just stored on the PBX (e.g. with a &#039;&#039;license master&#039;&#039;) do not require an IPVA license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Standby&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Standby operation. Must be at least the same as the port license. With this license a PBX accepts registrations from endpoints not configured for this PBX, which should happen only if the PBX where the endpoint is configured for, is not available. A standby license installed without a port license does not do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Voicemail&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable the innovaphone Voicemail script for the complete system. At least the same number of Voicemal&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; licenses as Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; licenses must be installed for this license to work.  Please note that from V10, there is a new voicemail per-user licensing scheme available.  See &#039;&#039;VoicemalUser&#039;&#039; below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;myPBX&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable the myPBX client for a single user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Video&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable the Video Codec, which is part of the myPBX launcher for a single user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;VoicemalUser&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable the Voicemal script for a single user. This is an alternative to the Voicemail&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Mobility&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Mobility function for a user object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Fax&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Fax functionality for a single user with the innovaphone Fax Server running on the Linux Application Platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;UC&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: Combines the myPBX, Video, VoicemailUser, Mobility and Fax license&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;SoftwarePhones&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use a innovaphone software phone (not for the Bria softphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Operator&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the innovaphone operator software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;QueueMonitor&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the [[Howto:PBX-QueueMonitor |PBX queue monitor ]], one license needed per queue monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Reporting&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Reporting for a single PBX object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Port licenses are used for trunk, executive, gateway ,user and PBX objects (for registering slave and dyn PBXs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Central licensing concept (License master)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no Port license is installed locally on a slave/standby PBX it obtains automatically all PBX licenses from the master. If this option is used, Port licenses need to be installed for the total number of endpoints in the system on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slaves with locally installed licenses can be mixed with Slaves obtaining their licenses from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slave/standby stores the received license in flash memory so it can still operate even if the master is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License updates between master and slaves are sent in intervals of approximately 10min to limit the bandwidth usage. Because of this it may happen that temporarily more licenses can be used than actually available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use a V9 Slave and a V10 Master Firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Multicell&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Multicell license enables the Multicell master and defines the System Identification (ARI) on the wireless side, installed on the IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=30467</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=30467"/>
		<updated>2013-08-09T07:43:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Release dates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since version 10, an innovaphone device will automatically connect to http://config.innovaphone.com/init&lt;br /&gt;
This script looks at the project properties of the project, where the device exists.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an update &#039;&#039;&#039;URL&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;trusted certificate&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Software Service====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be more than one year in the past.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally you can enter a maximum SSC amount. The SSA end date will be automatically calculated then.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you have entered a maximum SSC amount, you have to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recalculate&#039;&#039;&#039; link to calculate a new SSA end date, &lt;br /&gt;
  if you change your license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also calculate SSA over all projects at once. In this mode, you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be able&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm the calculation. You&#039;ll just see the necessary SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date/SSC amount, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date/SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &#039;&#039;You may add additional licenses to the calculation, which you will bind later&#039;&#039;. Just click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; near this text and you can add&lt;br /&gt;
  multiple licenses, which will be added to your calculation after using the recalc link. Listed are licenses of the current version and from&lt;br /&gt;
  your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Past SSA end date=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure a new SSA end date in the past, if you accidentally configured a wrong date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses will be changed, if you configure a date in the past, just the SSA end date of the project!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====SSA Expiry Mail=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the end user of the project to receive an expiry mail, you can configure a &#039;&#039;&#039;reseller&#039;&#039;&#039; mail address and end user mail addresses. These end users will then receive an email, 30 days before the project will expire. The default text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Your Software Service Agreement for your innovaphone PBX in project &amp;quot;{$arg[3]}&amp;quot; will expire in {$arg[1]} days. &lt;br /&gt;
Please contact your reseller {$arg[2]} to upgrade the license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The upgrade of the license is important to secure the phone system!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change this text as you want. You can use placeholders:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[1]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: days left &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[2]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: reseller mail address&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;{$arg[3]}&#039;&#039;&#039;: project name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also define a global text for all projects under your [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company | Company settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Automatic SSA Extension Service=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can request an automatic SSA extension service for a project, which is under SSA. By following this link, you will have the opportunity to request a callback and/or the necessary agreement as PDF file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 All licenses have to be under SSA to use the automatic SSA extension service!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some basics to know, if a project is under automatic SSA:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you bind new/free licenses, they&#039;ll get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* If you move devices into this project, their licenses will get SSA until the current project SSA date and you will receive an invoice for the SSCs&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&#039;t join this project into another project, but you can join another project into this one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Own project=====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====External Project=====&lt;br /&gt;
If another company granted access rights to a project to you, you can unsubscribe from this project here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|Software Service]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Move (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
A company admin can move a project with its devices, activation keys, balance etc. to another company. You have to know the company ID from this company, which can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history won&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Projects with negative balances can&#039;t be moved!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Existing project rights will be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see a list of all your bound activation keys with their licenses here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add an activation key====&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search for an activation key by your order number====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your own order number (or nothing), to view your activation keys for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====V7 master/slave scenario to V8 floating calculation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives you the possibility to calculate the SSCs for the change from a V7 master/slave scenario to a V8 floating installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation date is the date for which the calculation is valid. The final SSA date is an option to calculate SSA for the final masters licenses, if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then you select the master and the slaves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have Standby/Voicemail licenses on the master, you have to select &#039;Yes&#039; on the corresponding radio button. Maybe some new licenses must be bought depending on your setup. Theses licenses will be shown on the next page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At last you have the possibility to add further PBX port licenses, if you want to extend your installation and calculate SSCs for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can preview the SSC calculation of the wished licenses without having them in your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the new binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the binding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;From V9 on&#039;&#039;&#039;, you just have one option, which will create a license file, which contains the licenses upgraded to the highest version of their type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for these versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 V5 does &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; support test licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Software_Service|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t change the SSA end date, if the other project is under automatic SSA! You will receive an invoice for SSCs used for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;no IPVA device&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The licenses needn&#039;t be present on the device to perform the invalidation!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:support@innovaphone.com support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with &#039;&#039;&#039;company admin rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also &#039;&#039;&#039;lock&#039;&#039;&#039; a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also &#039;&#039;&#039;remove&#039;&#039;&#039; this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====My innovaphone Viewer=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you check this flag for a user, this user won&#039;t be able to do any changes to your projects, devices and licenses. He will be just able to view projects, devices, SSA settings etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also enter additional email addresses, which should receive SSA emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a global &#039;&#039;&#039;end user expiry mail text&#039;&#039;&#039; here, which will be sent to end users, if end users are configured in a [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | project]]. This text can be overridden by a text in a project under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA_Expiry_Mail | SSA Expiry Mail]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partner Status====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review the partner status of the users of your company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also see a list of companies, which granted partner status access to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Manage Partner Status Access=====&lt;br /&gt;
Grant or remove access rights to your own partner status.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the [[ Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2 | company ID ]] of another my.innovaphone company. Afterwards, this company will have access to &#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; partner status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure, if you want to receive SSA expiry mails!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5:  01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6:  02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7:  14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8:  07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V9:  26/04/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V10: 08/07/2013&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Smaller issues===&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses don&#039;t work on a device, where an invalidation has been done===&lt;br /&gt;
A possible reason here is, that the invalidation process hasn&#039;t been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the Confirmation File (Certificate) from http://my.innovaphone.com under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Invalidation|Invalidation]] after selecting the project and the device&lt;br /&gt;
* Open [[Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone|General-&amp;gt;License-&amp;gt;my.innovaphone.com]] on your device&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on &amp;quot;Invalidate&amp;quot; (no my.innovaphone credentials needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload the previously downloaded confirmation file newcert-00-90-33-xx-xx-xx.xml as &amp;quot;Confirmation file&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Reset the box&lt;br /&gt;
* Reupload the licenses&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Licenses&amp;diff=22473</id>
		<title>Reference9:Licenses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Licenses&amp;diff=22473"/>
		<updated>2011-10-25T12:34:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* PBX Floating mechanism */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Licenses are used on the innovaphone gateways to enable specific features so that the customers have to pay for features only, which they actually use. There are 3 different types of licenses: For the Gateway (Relay), the PBX and DECT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gateway Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Channels: Enables the use of the number of DSP channels as specified in the license. A DSP channel is needed for each call to a ISDN interface, an analog Interface or a conference interface. If no license is availabe the call is rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;BRIs: Enables the use of a ISDN Basic Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;PRIs: Enables the use of a ISDN Primary Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Gatekeeper7: Enables the gatekeeper functionality on version 7,8 and version 9. Which means the gateway VOIP interface type &#039;Gatekeeper/Registrar&#039; is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Built in Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the release of version 7 some hardware platforms already come fully equipped with all necessary interface licenses. The units are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP22&lt;br /&gt;
* IP24&lt;br /&gt;
* IP28&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This includes also the required &#039;&#039;Channel&#039;&#039; licenses.  Built-in licenses are not shown in the &#039;&#039;Licenses&#039;&#039; table in [[Reference7:Administration/Gateway/General|&#039;&#039;Gateway / General&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All PBX licenses contain a version number, which is indicated by &amp;lt;v&amp;gt; in the follwing text (Example: Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; for Version 9 is Port9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If on a PBX licenses of the same type but with different versions are installed, the lowest version is used for all licenses of this type (Example: If Port8=50, Port9=100 and Port10=50 is installed, the effektive license is Port8=200).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For licenses used on the PBX itself (Port, IPVA, Mobility, Voicemail, Standby) the version must be at least the version of the PBX (Example on a PBX Version 9, Port8 cannot be used, but Port9, Port10, ...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For licenses used by external applications (SoftwarePhones, Operator, QueueMonitor, Reporting), the version of the external applications defines which license is needed. (Example: On a PBX Version 9, an Operator8 license maybe installed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: Port License. To register endpoints at PBX objects. Multiple endpoints can register at one object and only one port license is used. A port license gets used when an object has at least one registration. Objects without registration do not use licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;*20: Port License. To register endpoints at PBX objects. This SMB version can not be installed at a slave PBX and can only be used for one device/project. Maximum 20 Ports of this SMB version are possible, for more ports normal port licenses must be added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;IPVA&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: IPVA License. To allow registrations at the PBX running on IPVA, this license is needed in combination with the &#039;&#039;&#039;PORT9&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;PORT9*20&#039;&#039;&#039;) license. As much as PORT9 licenses are in use as much IPVA9 licenses are needed. There may be less IPVA9 licenses installed then Port9 licenses, because with slave obtaining their license from a Master PBX some Ports may be used on IPVA and some on Gateways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Mobility&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Mobility function for a user object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Voicemail&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the innovaphone voicemail script. Must be at least the same as the port license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Standby&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to enable Standby operation. Must be at least the same as the port license. With this license a PBX accepts registrations from endpoints not configured for this PBX, which should happen only if the PBX where the endpoint is configured for, is not available. A standby license installed without a port license does not do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;SoftwarePhones&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use a innovaphone software phone (not for the Bria softphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Operator&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the innovaphone operator software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;QueueMonitor&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the [[Howto:PBX-QueueMonitor |PBX queue monitor ]], one license needed per queue monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Reporting&amp;lt;v&amp;gt;: License to use the [[Reference9:Concept Reporting |reporting application]]. For each object that reports are generated for, a license is needed. The reporting license must not be the same size as the port license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Port licenses are used for trunk, executive, gateway ,user and PBX objects (for registering slave and dyn PBXs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Note : If you do any License changing, adding or deleting, the PBX needs a reboot so that the license changes become effective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Example IPVA====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Running a PBX on IPVA with 100 port licenses, 90 port licenses are in use (there are registrations on 90 objects), then also 90 IPVA licenses are needed. When a new endpoint tries to register  at a new object, the registration will be denied. There are enough port licenses that a endpoint could register, but not enough ipva licenses. If there are more registrations on one user object only one port license is in use and thus only one ipva license needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== VMware HA and FT =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the VMware HA (high availability solution) or the FA (Fault Tolerance) with the innovaphone IPVA, no extra innovaphone licenses are needed (even no standby license).&lt;br /&gt;
* Note : This VWware features are not yet tested by innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Example PBX-QueueMonitor====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a concurrent licence, means if one queue monitor connects at the PBX one license is consumed, if the queue monitor is off the licence gets released. Example 1: One waiting queue should be monitored by 5 PBX-queue monitor, so 5 licenses are needed. Example 2: 3 waiting queues, on the first waiting queue 3 PBX queue monitor ,on the second one PBX monitor and on the third no PBX monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
So 4 licenses are needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example Reporting====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PBX with 100 port licenses, but only for the waiting queue and 10 user objects reports should be done. Therefore only 11 reporting licenses need to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
On the waiting queue and the 10 user objects the reporting chek-mark must be set, then the innovaphone reporting can generate reports for that objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example Mobility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user object requires a Port license if there is at least one registration on it. A user using a mobility object (that is, a forking destination and a mobility object is defined) requires a Mobility license per destination. A forking destination with no mobility object defined require no Mobility license. The mobility client (which is to be installed on the mobile phone) will require a GSM license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So if you create a user object with a VoIP terminal registration and a forking destination with mobility, then you will need 1 Port license and 1 Mobility license. If on the user object there are no registrations but a forking destination with mobility enabled, then it will need 1 Mobility license but no Port license. If there are no registrations and a forking destination without mobility, then no license at all is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standard configuration (a user object with registrations and a mobility enabled forking destination and a mobile phone with mobile client installed) requires 1 Port plus 1 Mobility plus 1 GSM license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary you also can have more Mobility lics than you have port lics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Floating mechanism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no Port license is installed locally on a slave/standby PBX it obtains automatically all PBX licenses from the master. If this option is used, Port licenses need to be installed for the total number of endpoints in the system on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slaves with locally installed licenses can be mixed with Slaves obtaining their licenses from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slave/standby stores the received license in flash memory so it can still operate even if the master is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License updates between master and slaves are sent in intervals of approximately 10min to limit the bandwidth usage. Because of this it may happen that temporarily more licenses can be used than actually available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not necessary/possible to buy floating licenses. You can use them without a balance in my.innovaphone.com. There is no license needed at all to use the floating mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use a V8 Slave and a V9 Master Firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing for Standby operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a PBX shall operate as standby (either as dedicated standby or as a master being standby for a slave, or as a slave being standby for a master), a standby license with at least the value of the Port license must be available. This Standby license can be obtained from the Master by the use of the Floating mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Examples ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dedicated Standby (Standby/Standby-Slave)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No PBX licenses should be installed on the Standby, to obtain the licenses from the master and a Standby license of the correct size has to be installed on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Master acting as Standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a master should accept registrations which are configured for slaves, in case the slaves are not available a Standby license of at least the size of the Port licenses needs to be installed on this master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Slave acting as Standby for Master&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a slave should accept registrations which are not configured for this slave, in case the master is not available, a standby license of at least the size of the Port license must be available on the slave. If the licenses are obtained from the master by the use of the Floating mechanism the Standby license must be installed on the master, if local licenses are used, the standby license must be installed on the slave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Multicell&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Multicell license enables the Multicell master and defines the System Identification (ARI) on the wireless side, installed on the IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone&amp;diff=22221</id>
		<title>Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:General/License/my.innovaphone&amp;diff=22221"/>
		<updated>2011-10-12T13:07:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Error codes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Config account =&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter and save your authorization credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Download licenses =&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can make the IPxxx download pre-generated licenses from [http://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
Only licenses that match the serial number of the IP800 will be downloaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After successful download the licenses are displayed for inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify the licenses and save permanently on the IP800.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Download Certificate =&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has no hardware certificate, you can&#039;t invalidated licenses, until you download one from my.innovaphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The device &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have access to the internet and your my.innovaphone account &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have rights (granted by innovaphone) to download a new certificate.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After a successful download, you just have to reset the device and you can invalidate your licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Invalidate licenses =&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can invalidate your current licenses irrevocably in order to re-create new [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] for this or another hardware. The license invalidation is a two-step process:&lt;br /&gt;
*In a first step the installed licenses and the device certificate are invalidated.&lt;br /&gt;
*In a second step the invalidation document in transferred to [http://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com].&lt;br /&gt;
Upon successful transfer the returned [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] are booked to your account balance. The [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] remain to be assigned to the device, since it is not possible to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 If you invalidate licenses prior V8 or licenses, which you already downloaded unencrypted from my.innovaphone,&lt;br /&gt;
 downgrading to versions &#039;&#039;&#039;prior&#039;&#039;&#039; V8 &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t be possible&#039;&#039;&#039; any more!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Error codes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DNS failed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Your IPxxx failed to resolve the license manager&#039;s domain name.&lt;br /&gt;
Check the IP configuration of your IPxxx.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server unreachable ==&lt;br /&gt;
DNS lookup for license manager&#039;s domain name was successful, but connection establishment failed anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
Check the IP configuration of your IPxxx.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server certificate rejected ==&lt;br /&gt;
Server has been connected, but server&#039;s certificated has been rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
Open the certificate manager on your IPxxx and make the server&#039;s certificated trusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== You do not have access rights to this device ==&lt;br /&gt;
License manager rejected IPxxx due to failed client authentication. Enter or double check the configured account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== No licenses available ==&lt;br /&gt;
No licenses have been prepared for your IPxxx. Visit the license manager web interface and prepare licenses for your IPxxx.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invalid user credentials ==&lt;br /&gt;
Check your login information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transport Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
No NTP time set.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Phone/Protect&amp;diff=22121</id>
		<title>Reference9:Phone/Protect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference9:Phone/Protect&amp;diff=22121"/>
		<updated>2011-09-26T15:13:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* &#039;&#039;&#039;Protect configuration at phone&#039;&#039;&#039;: Password protect changes of the administrative, phone and user configurations at the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hide configuration at phone&#039;&#039;&#039;: Do not display the administrative, phone and user configurations at the phone, these can be changed only via the WEB interface. The “Administration” menu displays version info only. The “User Setup”, “Phone Setup”, “User Setup” and “User list” are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hide private call information&#039;&#039;&#039;: Show only calls from/to the currently active registration in call lists.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Reference7:Fine grained function locking|Numbers for emergency calls]]&#039;&#039;&#039;: Comma separated list of numbers (including any necessary prefix) permitted to call when the phone is locked. An empty list means that no calls are permitted when the phone is locked.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Reference7:Fine grained function locking|Prefixes for External Calls]]&#039;&#039;&#039;: Comma separated list of prefixes not permitted to dial when the phone is disabled for external calls via lock mask.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Reference7:Fine grained function locking|Fine grained function locking]]&#039;&#039;&#039;: Bit mask to selectively disable certain functions when the phone is not locked.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Reference7:Fine grained function locking|Functions to lock via PIN]]&#039;&#039;&#039;: Bit mask to define the functions disabled when the phone is locked by PIN, by default everything except emergency calls.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Reference9:Concept_Fine_grained_function_hiding|Fine grained function hiding]]&#039;&#039;&#039; : Bit mask to define the functions hidden from phone menus&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Howto:Disable_Function_Key_Modification_On_Phone_UI|Function keys not modifiable on the phone]]&#039;&#039;&#039; : Bit mask to define which function keys are not modifiable on the phone User Interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articels==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference:Fine grained function locking ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Download_BRIA&amp;diff=22095</id>
		<title>Howto:Download BRIA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Download_BRIA&amp;diff=22095"/>
		<updated>2011-09-23T09:10:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To download the BRIA softphone installer go to [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/download/p/3rd-party-sw/Bria/ download.innovaphone.com/ice/download/p/3rd-party-sw/Bria/].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pcap&amp;diff=21632</id>
		<title>Howto:Pcap</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Pcap&amp;diff=21632"/>
		<updated>2011-07-27T10:05:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With remote PCAP, network traffic can be captured directly from another network device, instead of capturing the network traffic from the own device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Remote PCAP==&lt;br /&gt;
===Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You should have installed the latest wireshark release &amp;gt;= 1.6 with the latest innovaphone dll [http://www.wireshark.org/download.html Wireshark Download]&lt;br /&gt;
* Required and optional tools (innovaphone_winXX.dll and log2pcap.exe): open the [http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/download/p/6.00/apps/6000041%20(Voice%20Mail,%20TAPI,%20SoftwarePhone,%20Operator%20final)/tools.zip V6 application folder] and download the tools.zip. You will just need the innovaphone_win32.dll or innovaphone_win64.dll, depending on your installed wireshark version, 32 bit or 64 bit. Older wireshark versions won&#039;t work with the latest innovaphone_winXX.dll!&lt;br /&gt;
* To view the standard debug output, you have to install the innovaphone_winXX.dll, which you&#039;ll find in the tools package. Just copy the dll to your wireshark plugin directory and pay attention on your currently used version (e.g.: c:\programme\wireshark\plugins\1.6.0\).&lt;br /&gt;
* To view ISDN LAPD/Q.931 packets, you also have to install the innovaphone.dll.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Image:Pcap_example_isdn.zip example pcap file with lapd and q.931 packets] to check your current installation. It should look like this, if you have the innovaphone_winXX.dll correctly installed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Pcap_sample_isdn.jpg|center|thumb|200px|PCAP ISDN example]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting up the rpcap server===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The rpcap server can be any innovaphone device. &lt;br /&gt;
* The remote pcap server is disabled per default. To enable it, just go to Diagnostics-&amp;gt;Tracing and check the &amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot; flag in the &amp;quot;Remote PCAP&amp;quot; group. If you are experiencing problems, also enable the trace flag with &amp;quot;config add PCAP /trace&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* To capture all ip traffic (udp and tcp), enable the &amp;quot;IP (all tcp/udp traffic)&amp;quot; flag in the group &amp;quot;IP&amp;quot;. Otherwise just enable all the trace flags on the modules you want to capture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Capturing with wireshark===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your wireshark and the capture options dialogue. &lt;br /&gt;
Type &amp;quot;rpcap://IP/TRACE&amp;quot; into the interface field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wireshark_capture_options.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Wireshark capture options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then just click on &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; to start capturing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported protocols===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ISDN: LAPD L2/L3 with dissector innovaphone.dll (enable Diagnostics-&amp;gt;Tracing TELX/PRIX/PPP)&lt;br /&gt;
* AC DSP: dsp with dissector Ac49xPacketRecording.dll (enable Diagnostics-&amp;gt;Tracing-&amp;gt;VOIP DSP)&lt;br /&gt;
* PPPoE: flag &amp;quot;/pcap&amp;quot; on module(s) PPPOE0/PPPOE1 enables pcap tracing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All TCP/UDP protocols which are supported by native wireshark dissectors or other dissectors which can be found searching the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
e.g.:&lt;br /&gt;
SIP&lt;br /&gt;
H.323&lt;br /&gt;
H.245&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable the corresponding flags under Diagnostics-&amp;gt;Tracing, if you only want to see specific UDP/TCP protocols. To see all, enable the &amp;quot;All TCP/UDP Traffic&amp;quot; flag under Diagnostics-&amp;gt;Tracing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PCAP Log==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another possibility to get a pcap log file is to open http://IP/log.pcap&lt;br /&gt;
This file has a limited size just as the normal log file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==log2pcap==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need the tool log2pcap from the tools package, if you have a log.txt file, which contains pcap packets and you want to view them in wireshark. You can find the tool in the apps tool package (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
# log2pcap.exe input1 input2 ... inputX&lt;br /&gt;
# drag&amp;amp;drop one or more files on the log2pcap.exe&lt;br /&gt;
# use an asterix like &amp;quot;log2pcap c:\*.txt&amp;quot; to convert all txt files into pcap files. Things like c:\test*.txt are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The resulting file name is always inputx.pcap (e.g. log.txt is converted into log.txt.pcap).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: if you have a trace of a little endian box (e.g. IP3000, IP21) with V6 SR1 or SR2, you have to use the &amp;quot;-srlefix&amp;quot; switch (available since 08-1007):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
log2pcap.exe input1 -srlefix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Informations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reading PCAP Traces===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-IP Pcap packets will nevertheless show source and destination IP addresses.   127.0.0.1 stand in for the traced device.  So if for example a Q.931 SETUP messages is sent from 127.0.0.0 to 127.0.0.1, then it is an incoming setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disabling PCAP traces===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can disable the whole pcap tracing. Just configure a /disable-pcap to the CMD0 module. This can be useful if you do not want to see pcap traces in your log file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Used ports===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The debug traces are encapsulated in UDP packets with port 4.&lt;br /&gt;
* The isdn traces are encapsulated in UDP packets with port 4.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ac dsp traces are encapsulated in UDP packets with port 50001.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wireshark uses port 2002 to connect to the running rpcap-server&lt;br /&gt;
* rpcap packets are transfered over a dynamically assigned port between server and client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Remote PCAP trace===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can trace the remote pcap protocol with adding the trace flag by &amp;quot;config add PCAP /trace&amp;quot; if you are experiencing connection issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Timestamps===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since V7 Hotfix 26 and V8 Hotfix 13, the ntp timestamp is used instead of the uptime in rpcap packages. In converted log files with log2pcap, uptime is still used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Converting a log from a little endian box (like IP3000 and IP21) with firmware V6 SR1 or SR2 with the tool log2pcap will only work with log2pcap 08-1007 or higher and the switch &amp;quot;-srlefix&amp;quot;, see [[:#log2pcap|log2pcap]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Ac49xPacketRecording.dll works only with 0.99.7. Higher versions of wireshark won&#039;t start, if this dll was copied to the dll folder!&lt;br /&gt;
* Also some other dlls, contained in the tools package, won&#039;t work with each wireshark version. Just innovaphone.dll is always working.&lt;br /&gt;
* Even though &#039;&#039;All TCP/UDP Traffic&#039;&#039; is turned on, packets sent to the box acting as rpcap provider to a port that is not handled by the box (that is, where no listening socket is active) will currently not be shown&lt;br /&gt;
* If you use a 64-bit Windows Pc then you will need another innovaphone.dll, which is also contained in the latest tool package.&lt;br /&gt;
* The custom IP header from captured innovaphone packets contains dummy values for TOS (0), id (0), fragment offset (0) and TTL (128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Kewwords: sniffer ethereal packet capture network monitor --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=20258</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=20258"/>
		<updated>2011-03-07T10:55:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====V7 master/slave scenario to V8 floating calculation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives you the possibility to calculate the SSCs for the change from a V7 master/slave scenario to a V8 floating installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation date is the date for which the calculation is valid. The final SSA date is an option to calculate SSA for the final masters licenses, if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then you select the master and the slaves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have Standby/Voicemail licenses on the master, you have to select &#039;Yes&#039; on the corresponding radio button. Maybe some new licenses must be bought depending on your setup. Theses licenses will be shown on the next page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At last you have the possibility to add further PBX port licenses, if you want to extend your installation and calculate SSCs for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:support@innovaphone.com support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also remove this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Concept_Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=19300</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=19300"/>
		<updated>2010-12-15T10:16:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====V7 master/slave scenario to V8 floating calculation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives you the possibility to calculate the SSCs for the change from a V7 master/slave scenario to a V8 floating installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation date is the date for which the calculation is valid. The final SSA date is an option to calculate SSA for the final masters licenses, if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then you select the master and the slaves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have Standby/Voicemail licenses on the master, you have to select &#039;Yes&#039; on the corresponding radio button. Maybe some new licenses must be bought depending on your setup. Theses licenses will be shown on the next page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At last you have the possibility to add further PBX port licenses, if you want to extend your installation and calculate SSCs for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification,&lt;br /&gt;
  please contact the innovaphone [mailto:support@innovaphone.com support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also remove this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=19299</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=19299"/>
		<updated>2010-12-15T10:15:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Process */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can optionally configure to receive project SSA independent reminder mails for each license of a device [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Company_2|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====V7 master/slave scenario to V8 floating calculation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This gives you the possibility to calculate the SSCs for the change from a V7 master/slave scenario to a V8 floating installation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation date is the date for which the calculation is valid. The final SSA date is an option to calculate SSA for the final masters licenses, if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then you select the master and the slaves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to have Standby/Voicemail licenses on the master, you have to select &#039;Yes&#039; on the corresponding radio button. Maybe some new licenses must be bought depending on your setup. Theses licenses will be shown on the next page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At last you have the possibility to add further PBX port licenses, if you want to extend your installation and calculate SSCs for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;Your IP800 does not have a device certificate on it.&amp;quot; - In this case you need to download a hardware certification, please contact the innovaphone [mailto:support@innovaphone.com support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also remove this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Device SSA&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox, if you want to receive SSA expiry reminder mails for each device independent of the projects SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
These mails will be send weekly seven weeks before the SSA for a license a the device expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====IPVA MAC exists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_ip_va_exists_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* An IPVA MAC address must be unique and can be assigned to just one company. You tried to add an already existing IPVA MAC.&lt;br /&gt;
Please assign a new one to your IPVA. For further details, see [[Reference9:Innovaphone_Virtual_Appliance#License_Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=18607</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=18607"/>
		<updated>2010-09-10T10:22:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Invalidation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key or change its comment, order number and order reference.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also remove licenses by entering e.g. -2, if you want to remove 2 licenses from the key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Requirements=====&lt;br /&gt;
* V8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* access to the webinteraface&lt;br /&gt;
* a device certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* my.innovaphone login credentials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Informations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Process=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also remove this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==myplay==&lt;br /&gt;
[[https://myplay.innovaphone.com myplay]] offers a platform to test all my.innovaphone related content. You can create activation keys, licenses, accounts, projects and so on to learn it or to calculate possible scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Base===&lt;br /&gt;
The base of the database is the my.innovaphone database from the 13.8.2010. All accounts, companies and projects have been imported and are available until this date.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this date on the databases won&#039;t be synchronised any more (despite of the device table)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
You can change your balance by yourself. Simply select the license type in the dropdown box on the balance page, enter the desired amount and your balance will be increased by this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation keys===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create own activation keys. These will have the prefix &amp;quot;PLAY-&amp;quot; to identify them as play activation keys. You won&#039;t be able to upload them on my.innovaphone.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
After having selected a device under Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, you can add/change licenses as you want by selecting new ones in the dropdown box or changing existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download====&lt;br /&gt;
You will always just download test licenses here!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
Won&#039;t be possible here, because this is hardware related and can&#039;t be simulated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Checkbox editing via list====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;D&#039; Deletes the license&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;B&#039; Puts the license back into the projects balance&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;F&#039; Puts the license into the pool of free licenses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Device RMA===&lt;br /&gt;
You can put a device under RMA to test this scenario (Licenses-&amp;gt;Devices, select a device and -&amp;gt;Properties). You can also remove the RMA status here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=18242</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=18242"/>
		<updated>2010-07-28T13:59:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Add licenses from balance */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
* Italian&lt;br /&gt;
* Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* French&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guides===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Quickstart guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_nl.pdf Dutch quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_en.pdf English quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_fr.pdf French quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_de.pdf German quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/my_innovaphone_Quick_Start_Guide_it.pdf Italian quickstart guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA guide====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_en.pdf English SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_fr.pdf French SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_de.pdf German SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://my.innovaphone.com/docs/innovaphone_SSA_Leitfaden_it.pdf Italian SSA guide]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  It is now possible, that one user is member of serveral companies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, &lt;br /&gt;
  you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search for license types. Enter e.g. &amp;quot;PBX-Port8&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses or enter &amp;quot;PBX-Port8=100&amp;quot; to find all devices with Port8 licenses &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;=&#039;&#039;&#039; 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA end date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The end date mustn&#039;t be in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the current license version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. you have a V7 PBX-PBX7#15 license with bind date 1/1/2010. Version 8 was released on 7/12/2009, so SSA is&lt;br /&gt;
  calculated from 7/12/2009 for this license. You will see the calculation date in the list under &amp;quot;bind date&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between the current SSA date and the entered SSA end date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;days*2&#039;).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your license is under SSA, which is already over, you also have to pay the time between the old SSA date and the current SSA end date twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the days are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 24/06/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 31/08/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA end date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 24/06/2009 to 31/08/2009 twice for 68 days.&lt;br /&gt;
From 31/08/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 833 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
  selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA end date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA end date like as setting a new one.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If project SSA will expire, each company user will receive a reminder mail &#039;&#039;&#039;7&#039;&#039;&#039; weeks before and &lt;br /&gt;
  then every week one mail.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can disable these mails with the checkbox &#039;Send SSA expiry mails&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
  Note that every user can configure, if he wants to receive mails or not in his account settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter the company id of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The company id can be found under Licenses-&amp;gt;company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you&#039;ll see the current SSA end date, which you might change for the join process and you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa end date/changed date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join. You can&#039;t join a project,&lt;br /&gt;
  if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Project Freed_RMA_licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
If you see a project with this name in your project list, you had a RMA device with not yed moved licenses, which was shipped to innovaphone and reshipped to another customer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses of such a device have been moved into the pool of free licenses of the project Freed_RMA_licenses, from where you can assign them to another device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====License certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always download the innovaphone license certificate for activation keys in your projects. Simply press the download link in the list at the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter a comment, an order number and an order reference. The &#039;&#039;&#039;order number&#039;&#039;&#039; is your own order number for the key and the &#039;&#039;&#039;order reference&#039;&#039;&#039; is the reference number of the customer, who receives the newly created key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The order reference and order number will be shown in the innovaphone license certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment, order number and order reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices&lt;br /&gt;
  to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download devices of an order as CSV=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter an order number to retrieve all devices for this order in a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license &lt;br /&gt;
and whether you want to summate the current licencing. If you select current licenses, then older licenses for example V6 or V7 licenses will also be counted as V8 licenses in the next overview. This is necessary if you want to license a V6 unit with V8 licenses, but still want to use it as V6.&lt;br /&gt;
After that click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA and you have entered a SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.0000 (which equals to 365 days) you have to pay 20*54*1.0000 ~ 1080 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version twice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your project has a SSA end date, which is not yet over, you&#039;ll have the possibility to set SSA for the new licenses &lt;br /&gt;
  to this SSA end date or you can optionally change this date to another one for the new licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection (this is the same calculation as [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add&lt;br /&gt;
  the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dropdown with all available versions. Versions are dependent of your device, your licenses and of the ssa of your licenses.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to download downgraded versions of your licenses. E.g. if you have only V8 licenses, you can download a V7 license file (same restrictions as below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Downgrades or only possible down to version 6!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not want to download licenses by version, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a SSA project, you can change the SSA end date for the move process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the given SSA end date &lt;br /&gt;
  (this is the same calculation as adding SSA to an already existing project, see [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|here]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can invalidate V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the XML file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device ([[Reference8:Configuration/General/License]]), in order to return [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|PBX licenses]] back to the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function. &#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly&lt;br /&gt;
  from the web interface of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  [[Reference8:Licenses#Gateway_Licenses|gateway licenses]] and warranty extensions won&#039;t be returned to the balance and remain to be assigned to the device!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You need a device certificate!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Transfer (this might fail, if NTP or DNS is not configured properly or device certificate is not installed)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps to invalidate licenses, if your device has no internet connectivity:&lt;br /&gt;
# on the web interface of the device go to General-&amp;gt;License and follow the my.innovaphone link&lt;br /&gt;
# enter your my.innovaphone account, the device must be in one of your projects&lt;br /&gt;
# click Invalidate&lt;br /&gt;
# click Backup and upload this file on my.innovaphone [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Upload_the_invalidation_document_to_return_licenses|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# you&#039;ll get a confirmation file after uploading the saved file&lt;br /&gt;
# upload this on the device (under Step1)&lt;br /&gt;
# reset if asked for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the invalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After uploading you&#039;ll get a confirmation file, which you have to upload on your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of locking a user you can also remove this user from your company. The user itself will still have his my.innovaphone account, but won&#039;t belong to your company any more. The history of this user is still available after having removed him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  A user can be member of several companies and the users rights, company admin and&lt;br /&gt;
  locked status can be different for all companies, where this user is in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also join another company into your company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Everything like projects, users, devices, balance, activations etc. will be imported!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You also have to enter the company id of the company, which is to be imported. You can find this company under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company and the company tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The joined company will be deleted afterwards!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You also see your company id here, which is sometimes needed for adding external project rights or&lt;br /&gt;
  to be imported by another company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====New Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need several companies for some reasons, you can create another one here.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will be an admin user in this new company and you can directly select the newly created company at the top right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantis==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll get a list of all open support cases in our mantis system, which are assigned to email addresses of your my.innovaphone users in your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Company selection==&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account belongs to several companies, you can switch between companies be using the dropdown box at the top right corner of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get an error, if you try to switch to a company, where your account is locked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_selection.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Dropdown box for company selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you loggin, the first found company is selected for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc===&lt;br /&gt;
====No downgrade====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:no_downgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Licenses, which have been downloaded for V5/V6/V7, were returned from this device, so no downgrade to these versions is allowed any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 02/11/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 14/11/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 07/12/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA end date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Multi-Party_Conferencing_with_early_IP6000&amp;diff=18110</id>
		<title>Howto:Multi-Party Conferencing with early IP6000</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Multi-Party_Conferencing_with_early_IP6000&amp;diff=18110"/>
		<updated>2010-07-12T13:30:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP6000, Hardware builds less than 202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords:  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Various innovaphone hardware platforms, including the IP6000, do support [[Reference:Administration/Gateway/Interfaces#Conferencing_interface_.28CONF.29|multi-party conferencing]].  However, early hardware version of the IP6000 do not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IP6000 versions that support multi-party conferencing ===&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware builds 202 and up do support it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IP6000 versions that do not support multi-party conferencing ===&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware builds prior to 104 do not support it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IP6000 versions that can be upgraded to support multi-party conferencing ===&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware builds 104 up to and not including 202, do not support it.  However, they can be upgradet to support it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are interested in having your device upgraded, then you need to order item no. 06-06000-001.  The price is 290,- € plus shipping.  Contact your innovaphone sales representative for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Procedure ====&lt;br /&gt;
To have a box upgraded, send an order for item 06-06000-001.  Then submit an [http://rma.innovaphone.com RMA request] and refer to your order within the description field.  Tick the &amp;quot;I want this device back&amp;quot; check-button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference:Administration/Gateway/Interfaces]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference:Administration/PBX/Objects/Call Broadcast Conference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=16381</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=16381"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T12:03:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* RMA */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least 11 months and 1 day in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  11 months and 1 day, that you have the possibility to set SSA some days after the license binding, &lt;br /&gt;
  without paying 13 months, if you forgot to set a projects due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;), whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;the first month isn&#039;t calculated twice&#039;&#039;&#039; here (e.g. if you forgot to bind SSA immediatly with the license, you won&#039;t have to pay one month twice, if you bind SSA within one month). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for two months (remember, the &#039;&#039;&#039;first month isn&#039;t calculated&#039;&#039;&#039; twice, just simple, so this is not three months), as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 29 months (one month from the former &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; months).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Not calendar months are counting, but a new months always start, when the day of the SSA due date &lt;br /&gt;
  is greater than the day of the start month (besides start days, which are the end day of a month!, &lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. from start day 30 to end day 31, no new month begins).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  01/15 to 02/14 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  01/15 to 02/15 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  11/30 to 12/31 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/28 to 03/28 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/28 to 03/30 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/27 to 03/28 - 2 months&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa due date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t join a project, if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Actions on multiple devices:&lt;br /&gt;
  * Move: move several devices into another project at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Move_device|Move Device]])&lt;br /&gt;
  * Remove: remove several devices at once (see [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Remove|Remove]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once, each line one mac):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
  00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check licence, SSA and warranty status of a device=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list licenses with ssa and the warranty end date of a device, which is not in one of your projects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is just available with the needed right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.083 (which equals to 13 months) you have to pay 20*54*1.083 ~ 1169 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the currently selected project is under SSA, the selected licenses will be also put under SSA.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Delete V7 floating license=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can delete an already existing floating license, if you won&#039;t use it anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device or the selected devices to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface&lt;br /&gt;
  of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can see all your RMA devices, which arrived innovaphone already. The licenses of this macadresses are moveable.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 11/02/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 11/14/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 12/07/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=16099</id>
		<title>Reference:My Innovaphone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:My_Innovaphone&amp;diff=16099"/>
		<updated>2009-12-15T09:34:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Invalidation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone replaces the former license manager. &lt;br /&gt;
It will also include the handling of device warranty and software service agreements (only partially implemented yet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project-View===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone offers the possibility for several users to be in one company. This company shares its balance of licenses over all users and can have several projects. Projects have their own balance of license types and devices are bound to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Language===&lt;br /&gt;
My innovaphone will support multiple languages. You can select your desired language at the top of the page.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently supported languages:&lt;br /&gt;
* English&lt;br /&gt;
* German&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First steps==&lt;br /&gt;
Open [https://my.innovaphone.com my.innovaphone.com] and click the &amp;quot;Register Now&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your personal data and register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive a registration email with an activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
After account activation you have two options:&lt;br /&gt;
* create a new my innovaphone company (under Licenses-&amp;gt;Company)&lt;br /&gt;
* ask another user of your company to add your user account to an already existing company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accidentally created an own my innovaphone company, just ask another user of your company to import your just created company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a new company, you can &#039;&#039;&#039;optionally&#039;&#039;&#039; enter your innovaphone account ID (which is your customer number with innovaphone) with your postal code, to retrieve your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You will see a help link at the right side of the horizontal tab menu. &lt;br /&gt;
  This link shows the corresponding text of the wiki section, when hovering with the mouse over it, &lt;br /&gt;
  and redirects to the corresponding wiki menu, if clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search==&lt;br /&gt;
At the right top of the page you have a search field. You can search for different things:&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices (part of a device name or device comment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects (part of a project name or project description)&lt;br /&gt;
* Own activation keys (part of an activation key or its description)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039; chars to start a search. To search for activation keys, you have to enter at least &#039;&#039;&#039;five&#039;&#039;&#039; chars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licenses==&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
After creation of an own company, you will have a default project named &amp;quot;DEFAULT&amp;quot;. You can rename this project later.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create more projects on the projects page with &amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Each project of a company must have a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Do &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; set SSA, if you want to import your devices from your old license manager account first.&lt;br /&gt;
  If you want SSA and you &#039;&#039;&#039;won&#039;t import&#039;&#039;&#039; devices into this project from your old account, you should set SSA at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select a certain project by activating it in the project list. This selection is then true for all other pages, as some pages require a selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:overview.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Projects page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By activating a project by clicking on the project name in the project list, you can manage this project and its settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
Rename the project or/and change its description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SSA====&lt;br /&gt;
You can put your project under SSA (software service agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked to enter a SSA due date. This will be the date, where all SSA licenses of all devices in this project will expire.&lt;br /&gt;
The due date must be at least one year in future, as SSA can be only bought for at least one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering a date, you will get a summary of all licenses, which will be put under SSA and the amount of needed SSC licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The SSC value for each license is calculated by the bind date of the license and the entered SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ssa_extend.jpg|center|thumb|200px|SSA summary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If licenses already have a SSA date, just the difference between current SSA date and due date must be paid.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bind date of the device lies in the past, the difference between the bind date and the current date must be paided twice (this is the column &#039;months*2&#039;), whilst &#039;&#039;&#039;the first month isn&#039;t calculated twice&#039;&#039;&#039; here (e.g. if you forgot to bind SSA immediatly with the license, you won&#039;t have to pay one month twice, if you bind SSA within one month). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a short example, how the months are calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bind date: 06/24/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Current date: 08/31/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SSA due date: 12/12/2011&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to pay from 06/24/2009 to 08/31/2009 twice for two months (remember, the &#039;&#039;&#039;first month isn&#039;t calculated&#039;&#039;&#039; twice, just simple, so this is not three months), as each new month counts as a full month.&lt;br /&gt;
From 08/31/2009 to 12/12/2011 you will then have to pay the normal price for 29 months (one month from the former &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;three&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; months).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Not calendar months are counting, but a new months always start, when the day of the SSA due date &lt;br /&gt;
  is greater than the day of the start month (besides start days, which are the end day of a month!, &lt;br /&gt;
  e.g. from start day 30 to end day 31, no new month begins).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  01/15 to 02/14 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  01/15 to 02/15 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  11/30 to 12/31 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/28 to 03/28 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/28 to 03/30 - 1 month&lt;br /&gt;
  02/27 to 03/28 - 2 months&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can preview the SSC calculation for another calculation date. Simply change the dropdown selection to get the new SSC value.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of course you can&#039;t confirm this calculation for another date, just for the current date!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your entered SSA due date, each license will have this date as SSA end date and can be downloaded in all versions of this SSA time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now extend the projects SSA date in multiple of years until the next SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting summary is the same as above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights====&lt;br /&gt;
Add or delete company rights for this project. To add a company right, you have to enter an email address of a user of this company.&lt;br /&gt;
Each user of a company with rights on this project can add devices, licenses, activation keys to this specific project, but is restricted in removing devices, editing the project and can&#039;t create activation keys with the projects balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Although you enter an email address, the whole company of the user with this email address gets this project right,&lt;br /&gt;
  not just this user!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Project_rights.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Project rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import====&lt;br /&gt;
To download old licenses created with an old license manager account and to use your old balance, you have to import your old account data.&lt;br /&gt;
You will have to enter your old account login from license.innovaphone.com. Afterwards you will get a list of your balance and of all your devices with their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
The shown balance is the balance of all users, which belong to your old group (if you belonged to a group).&lt;br /&gt;
You can now select all devices which you want to import to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By confirming this import, all users of your group will be locked in the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can import all not yet imported devices to another project, if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Importing of your old balance and devices might take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also import just one mac address, if you are the owner of the device, but haven&#039;t created any licenses in the old account. Your old account and its balance won&#039;t be affected then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can join your currently selected project with another project, which you select from a dropdown box.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the other project has SSA, you will get a list of all licenses, which might be updated to the ssa due date of the other project. The list equals the list shown under [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#SSA|SSA]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The selected project will be automatically deleted after the join.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can&#039;t join a project, if it grants external rights to another customer. Delete these rights before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project. Only possible if it has no activation keys, project rights, devices or user rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Join|join]] your project into another one, if you can&#039;t delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Balance===&lt;br /&gt;
On the balance page you will see the balance of the currently selected project or the balance of all your projects together.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance is bound to your company and &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; to your user account. The balance is bound to a specific project, but can be shared for license creation or activation key creation if wished.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharing the balance over several projects is not possible in external projects!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balancepage.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Balance page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you see a list of all your free licenses. If you return licenses from one of your devices, the returned licenses are stored in your free licenses pool. You can assign these licenses to another device (see [[#Add licenses from free licenses|&#039;Add licenses from free licenses&#039;]]) or convert them to your balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Balance_free_lics.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free licenses list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bind date, SSA end date and the external key (like DECT-Multi-Cell-Ari) are stored for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to convert these licenses to your balance, you will have to pay one year SSC for each unit and all external key bindings and the current SSA will be lost. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the license you convert is under SSA, you will be able to select the version to convert the license to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
To increase your projects balance, select one of your projects, follow the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; link and enter the activation key in the corresponding field. You can also enter an optional comment for this key. You will then get a listing of all contained licenses. After commiting this key, your project balance will have been increased by the keys values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Deselect the current project&amp;quot; to view all activation keys independent of the selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Activation key page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Own Activations===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you&#039;ll see a list of all created activation keys in the selected project (or over all projects).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create activation keys on the project page for other users/companies or to simply transfer licenses from one project to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Created_activations.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Created activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select an activation key in the activation key list to update or delete it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Updating and deleting a key is only possible, if this key is not assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update====&lt;br /&gt;
Add more licenses to this key (removing licenses is not possible, delete the key instead) or change its comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Own activations update.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Update own activation keys]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Delete====&lt;br /&gt;
Delete this key. Its licenses will go back into the balance of the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
To view your devices you first have to click on the &amp;quot;Show&amp;quot; button. You can leave the filter field empty if you want to view all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Devices_page.jpg|center|thumb|200px|The Devices Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red marked device names are devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  MAC addresses of RMA devices do not longer start with 01-...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List====&lt;br /&gt;
A List of your devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can deselect the current project/device to list all your devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a certain device from the device list, to manage its properties, licenses etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add=====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the &amp;quot;Add new devices&amp;quot; link on the devices page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There you have a few options:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add a single new device&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to a mac address range (e.g. from 00-90-33-08-20-00 to 00-90-33-08-22-00), maximum 50 at once&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices by uploading a text file with mac addresses like this (maximum 50 at once):&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-21&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-08-20-22&lt;br /&gt;
00-90-33-24-20-20&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add devices according to your received order number. Just enter you order number and you will get a list of all devices bount to this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: MAC addresses can be always given like this:&lt;br /&gt;
* 00-90-33-xx-xx-xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 00:90:33:xx:xx:xx&lt;br /&gt;
* 009033xxxxxx&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxx (00-90-33- will then be added automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There might be errors, if you try to add a device. They are explained [[Howto:My_Innovaphone#Image_explanation|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  As the device warranty will be handled by licenses now, you can also add telephone devices to your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extensions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add warranty extension licenses for all devices in the currently selected project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get a list of all devices with the corresponding license type(s) and you can specify the years for each device (or for all devices by entering the number in the list header).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After confirming your selection, you&#039;ll get an overview of all needed licenses, which you have to confirm too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check device warranty=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the device warranty of a device, which does not belong to your company. Simply enter the MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Properties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the name and comment of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
  You can only change the name, if it&#039;s no MAC or IPEI.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you have also the possibility, to directly request RMA for this device with prefilled values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, download or move licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from balance=====&lt;br /&gt;
To create new licenses for a device, you have to add this device first on the devices page and then select a version of the license (&#039;&#039;&#039;V8 is not yet supported, use V7 licenses instead&#039;&#039;&#039;) and click &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page you will see a list of all available license types, which depends on your current available license types, of the selected license version and the device type (IP6000, IP800 e.g.):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You see the available project balance, the balance over all projects (excluding external projects), the currently installed licenses and the maximum amount for this device type. You can now enter the value of the new license.&lt;br /&gt;
Base/Upgrade licenses can be selected via dropdown box. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail and Standby lics must always have the same amount as the selected PBX-PBX... license!&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum amount of PBX-Registration licenses equals the amount of the selected PBX-PBX... license!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whished overall amount of pbx version 8 and above licenses can be specified here and the concrete amount of license sub types will be requested on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses2.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Licenses for an IP800 with V8, step two]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best (cheapest) combination of each v8 pbx license type is already filled in, but you might change the amount of sub types if your does not fit and you do not want to purchase new activation keys for the sub types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The column SSC/Unit is just shown if your project is currently under SSA. Each license will have SSA for &#039;&#039;&#039;at least&#039;&#039;&#039; one year or until the defined project SSA due date, if this date lies further in the future than one year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The SSC multiplicator is the value, which you have to multiplicate with each license unit to get &lt;br /&gt;
  the corresponding SSC amount.&lt;br /&gt;
  E.g. if you have 20 units of PBX-Port8*20 licenses with a SSC value of 54 and a multiplicator of &lt;br /&gt;
  1.083 (which equals to 13 months) you have to pay 20*54*1.083 ~ 1169 SSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create licenses for an older version than the current version, you have to pay SSCs from the [[Reference:My_Innovaphone#Release_dates|release date]] of the next version of the currently selected version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  e.g.: you want to bind licenses for V6 with SSA, so you have to pay SSCs from the release date of V7&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also select for each license, if you want SSA for it or not. If not, no SSC is needed and no (new) SSA end date is set for this license.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now confirm your new selection. If you have not enough licenses in your current project, but there are still licenses in other projects, you will get a dropdown box with a list of all projects containing the needed licenses. You can now select all desired/needed projects and confirm your selection again.&lt;br /&gt;
The balance of all selected projects will then be decreased by the needed amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If your user account has the right to buy licenses on credit, just check the checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may enter an order number, which you can use for your order, if you buy on credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add licenses from free licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can assign licenses, which you returned from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
You will also have to select the desired version and will than get a list of fitting licenses according to the current device and selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:licenses_free.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Free Licenses for an IP800 with V8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a license is under SSA, the correct license type is shown in column &#039;License Type&#039; besides the &#039;Original Type&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
On confirming the selection, a consistency check is done (e.g. only 4 Relay-PRI licenses on an IP6000).&lt;br /&gt;
Bind and SSA end date will be maintained for each license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As external keys are also maintained, you can select e.g. an old Dect-Multicell-Ari license to have the same ARI on another IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the currently selected project is under SSA, the selected licenses will be also put under SSA.&lt;br /&gt;
  You will have to confirm this after your first license selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add V7 floating license (slave pbx)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add a V7 floating license for a slave pbx. A device with a floating license can&#039;t have V7 pbx licenses and a device with V7 pbx licenses can&#039;t have a floating license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Add warranty extension licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Extend your warranty by adding warranty extension licenses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:add_warranty.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Warranty extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you add the warranty extension immediately after the receipt of your device,&lt;br /&gt;
  you can add the cheaper warranty extension licenses, otherwise you&#039;ll have to add the more expensive ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can extend the warranty for a maximum of four years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download Licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your device has licenses under SSA, you will get a dropdown selection with all available versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If not, you have to decide whether to download the licenses encrypted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you download the licenses unencrypted, you won&#039;t be able to return those licenses anymore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So you won&#039;t be able to return licenses for devices with V5-V7 licenses, as licenses for this versions are not encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;
To return these licenses, you will have to upgrade to a new bootcode, which prevents firmware downgrades to versions below version 8.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Encrypted licenses are stored in a xml file, which you can then upload on your V8 (or higher) device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can now also download licenses directly from by the web interface of a device. &lt;br /&gt;
  You just have to enter your account data and start downloading the licenses from my.innovaphone.com &lt;br /&gt;
  without having to download/upload a license file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download test licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device_download_test.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Download test licenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download test licenses if you want to run tests. You will be asked, which version you want to use, whether the device is used as slave and if not used as slave, how many pbx licenses you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Move licenses to another device=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed account rights or the device is already in RMA, you can move licenses to another device. After moving licenses, the former device will be marked as a RMA device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  You can just move licenses to devices without licenses!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move device====&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can move the current device to another project.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If the other project is under SSA, you will first see a SSC calculation, which you have to confirm, &lt;br /&gt;
  as the SSA date for each SSA license will be extended until the projects SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Invalidation====&lt;br /&gt;
You can return V8 (or higher) licenses by uploading the xml file, you got from your device or by returning your licenses over the web interface of your device (General-&amp;gt;License).&lt;br /&gt;
V7 licenses can be just returned, if you agree, that you won&#039;t be able to downgrade below V8 anymore. You will need a new bootcode, to use this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You need a V8 firmware or higher for invalidation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If your device has access to my.innovaphone.com, you can also invalidate licenses directly from the web interface&lt;br /&gt;
  of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Download confirmation file=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you created a new certificate or you invalidated your licenses, you can later download the confirmation file, which you have to upload on the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Request certificate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the needed rights, you can request a new device certificate for your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Upload the invalidation document to return licenses=====&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the ivalidation document, which you got from the website of the device to return the licenses of this device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Remove====&lt;br /&gt;
You can always remove devices from a project. If they have licenses, these won&#039;t be deleted, so you might add the device to another project again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:history.jpg|center|thumb|200px|History page]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can view your history for several contexts:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company: history of all actions in your company&lt;br /&gt;
* User: history of all actions of the selected user&lt;br /&gt;
* Device: history of all actions for the selected device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each context applies to the currently selected project.&lt;br /&gt;
If you deselect the current project, you will see the history over all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select to view the history of the last day, week, month, year or from always. Collecting data might take a while...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Company===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage users, import other companies or change your company data.&lt;br /&gt;
The first user of a company has automatically company admin rights and can grant this right to other company users after adding their accounts email address.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Users====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company page]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add other users to your company, optionally with company admin rights.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also lock a user account or grant company admin rights.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Locked users can&#039;t loggin to my.innovaphone.com any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users just get a non editable list of the current company users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import (admin only)====&lt;br /&gt;
As admin you can also import another company by entering an admin account of this company. This might be usefull if one user of your company has accidentally created an own company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  This is not available for non company admin users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Company====&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not belong to a my innovaphone company, you can create one here. You can optionally enter an innovaphone account ID with its zip code or you just enter your company data below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:company_create.jpg|center|thumb|200px|Company create page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise you can change your company data, but only, if you didn&#039;t created your company with your innovaphone account id. In this case, company information is always retrieved from your innovaphone account.&lt;br /&gt;
  Non company admin users can just view the current company data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RMA==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can list all your devices, which are currently in RMA.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:rma.jpg|center|thumb|200px|RMA page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to request RMA for a certain device, go to the device properties and follow the &amp;quot;Request RMA&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configurator==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently this is just a link to the [http://config.innovaphone.com innovaphone PBX Configurator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Account==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can change your personal data, password etc. You always have to enter your current password to change your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  If you change your email address, you&#039;ll have to activate your account again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Image explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Errors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already In Company====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_in_company_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device already exists in your company and can&#039;t be added/imported.&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to import this device anyway, you first have to delete your current device from its project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Already Imported====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_imported_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has been already imported. &lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t import it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Not Found====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_not_found_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device was not found in the my innovaphone database. &lt;br /&gt;
This should never happen, but if, contact the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Companies====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon_several_companies_inno_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device is already in another company.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that either you do not have the physical device or it once belonged another company.&lt;br /&gt;
You can still import/add this device and you will have access to all of its current licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Several Users====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Icon several users inno 01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This device has licenses from several users of the old license manager.&lt;br /&gt;
This means, that you are not neccessarily the user, who physically owns this device. If you do not own it, do not import it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- myinno my innovaphone my_inno my_innovaphone my-innovaphone my-inno--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release dates==&lt;br /&gt;
V5: 01/01/2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V6: 11/02/2006&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V7: 11/14/2008&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
V8: 12/07/2009&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices where imported into a project with SSA. If this happened to you, please move the corresponding devices into a project &#039;&#039;&#039;without&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA and back into the project &#039;&#039;&#039;with&#039;&#039;&#039; SSA to extend/add SSA for the licenses until the SSA due date.&lt;br /&gt;
* IE7 moves a list under the menu, when a list becomes to wide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference7:Licenses&amp;diff=14463</id>
		<title>Reference7:Licenses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference7:Licenses&amp;diff=14463"/>
		<updated>2009-07-09T12:50:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Licenses are used on the innovaphone gateways to enable specific features so that the customers have to pay for features only, which they actually use. There are 3 different types of licenses: For the Gateway (Relay), the PBX and DECT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gateway Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Channels&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of the number of DSP channels as specified in the license. A DSP channel is needed for each call to a ISDN interface, an analog Interface or a conference interface. If no license is availabe the call is rejected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;BRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Basic Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PRIs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the use of a ISDN Primary Rate Interface. Only licensed interfaces are displayed in the user interface and can be used for calls. Which interface is enabled is chosen by a default sequence. If other interfaces are desired, interfaces can be disabled, which means they do not consume a license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Gatekeeper7&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the Gatekeeper functionality on Version 7. Which means the Gateway VOIP interface type &#039;Gatekeeper/Registrar&#039; is available.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Built in Licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the release of Version 7 some Hardware Platforms already come fully equipped with all necessary interface licenses. The units are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP22&lt;br /&gt;
* IP24&lt;br /&gt;
* IP28&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This includes also the required &#039;&#039;Channel&#039;&#039; licenses.  Built-in licenses are not shown in the &#039;&#039;Licenses&#039;&#039; table in [[Reference7:Administration/Gateway/General|&#039;&#039;Gateway / General&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;PBX7#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|PBX Base License. &#039;n&#039; defines the total number of registrations allowed on the PBX. With @m another Base license with a limit of m can be upgraded to n.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Registrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The number of endpoints which can be registered at the PBX. A gateway or phone with multiple registrations count as multiple endpoints. For regitrations which happen because of a failover situation no such license is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;SoftwarePhones&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use an innovaphone Software Phone.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Operators&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone operator software.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Voicemail#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to use the innovaphone voicemail script. &#039;n&#039; must be at least the same as the PBX Base license.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Standby#n&amp;lt;@m&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|License to enable Standby operation. &#039;n&#039; must be at least the same as the PBX Base license. With this license a PBX accepts Registrations from endpoints not configured for this PBX, which should happen only if the PBX where the endpoint is configured for, is not available. A Standby license installed without a Base license does not do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Floating License ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a special Base license (PBX7#0) a slave/standby PBX is enabled to obtain all licenses from the master. If this option is used on the master Base and Registration licenses need to be installed for the total number of endpoints in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slaves with locally installed licenses can be mixed with Slaves obtaining their licenses from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A slave/standby stores the received license in flash memory so it can still operate even if the master is not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
License updates between master and slaves are sent in intervals of approximately 10min to limit the bandwidth usage. Because of this it may happen that temporarily more licenses can be used than actually available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not necessary/possible to buy floating licenses. You can use them without a balance in the licensemanager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing for Standby operation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a PBX shall operate as standby (either as dedicated standby or as a master being standby for a slave, or as a slave being standby for a master), a standby license with at least the value of the PBX Base license must be available. This Standby license can be obtained from the Master by the use of a Floating License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Examples ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dedicated Standby (Standby/Standby-Slave)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Floating License should be installed on the Standby to obtain the licenses from the master and a Standby license of the correct size has to be installed on the master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Master acting as Standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a master should accept registrations which are configured for slaves, in case the slaves are not available a Standby license of at least the Base license needs to be installed on this master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Slave acting as Standby for Master&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a slave should accept registrations which are not configured for this slave, in case the master is not available, a standby license of at least the size of the Base license must be available on the slave. If the licenses are obtained from the master by the use of a Floating License the Standby license must be installed on the master, if local licenses are used, the standby license must be installed on the slave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OEM Licenses ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PBX OEM License is a license which allows only endpoints to be registered at the PBX with a product Id indicating the OEM. An OEM license has the format &#039;&#039;&#039;Registrations.&#039;&#039;OEM&#039;&#039;=n&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;OEM&#039;&#039; indicates the beginning of the product id sent to the PBX when the endpoints register.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Standby/Redundancy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standby license is included in the OEM license. For a standby configuration it may be necessary to register interfaces from standby gateways at the PBX. For this purpose a license which allows 20 registrations from gateways of the same type is added also. This license does not support a configuration in which as standby a different gateway is used (e.g. IP302 as standby for IP800 is NOT supported).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Voicemail ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Voicemail license cannot be used together with the OEM license&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Upgrade to full license ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the upgrade to a full innovaphone PBX license a basic license for the full number of endpoints has to be installed. Registration licenses are only needed for the other endpoints.  (E.g. if 90 OEM endpoints and 10 other endpoints shall be used a basic license of 100 and a Registration license of 10 is needed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Multicell&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Multicell license enables the Multicell master and defines the System Identification (ARI) on the wireless side.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IP72_Battery,_Charger_Information_and_Headset_Jack&amp;diff=12918</id>
		<title>Howto:IP72 Battery, Charger Information and Headset Jack</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:IP72_Battery,_Charger_Information_and_Headset_Jack&amp;diff=12918"/>
		<updated>2009-01-22T14:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Chargers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This article clarifies question about different types of available batteries and chargers for IP72 WiFi Phone.&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*IP72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: akku ladeschale --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batteries==&lt;br /&gt;
There two types of batteries availiable for IP72: standard and extended. For most purposes the standard battery is sufficient. Be awared that extra equipment is required to charge extended batteries (see [[Howto:IP72_Battery_and_Charger_Information#Chargers|Chargers]] for more information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
!width=60|&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20|Standard&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20|Extended&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_01.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_02.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Art-Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-031&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-030&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Voltage&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|3,7 V&lt;br /&gt;
|3,7 V&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Capacity&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|1000 mAh&lt;br /&gt;
|1800 mAh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chargers==&lt;br /&gt;
Several solutions for charging IP72 are provided. See the table below to find appropriate solution for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There no single user desktop solution for extended batteries available. Standard battery fully suffices needs for this type of users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Desktop Charger&lt;br /&gt;
!USB Programmer&lt;br /&gt;
!IP72 Charging Rack&lt;br /&gt;
!Battery Pack Charging Rack&lt;br /&gt;
!Power Supply for Charging Racks&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_03.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_03.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_04.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Image:IP72_charging_howto_05.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Art-Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-026&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-027&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-038&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-033&lt;br /&gt;
|50-00999-034&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Single user desktop charger for standard battery only&lt;br /&gt;
|Used to update firmware and configure IP72 via USB. Can NOT be used to charge the IP72, cause USB Port provides max. 500 mA, what is the half of a standard desktop chager.&lt;br /&gt;
|Solution for bigger pools of IP72 with standard battery.&lt;br /&gt;
|Solution for 24/7/365 usage of IP72 with standard or extended batteries.&lt;br /&gt;
|Provides electical power to max. 3 charging racks.&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Capacity&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|1 IP72 with standard battery&lt;br /&gt;
|1 IP72 with standard battery, NO CHARGING&lt;br /&gt;
|4 IP72 with standard battery&lt;br /&gt;
|8 standard or extended batteries&lt;br /&gt;
|3 Racks&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Required Accesories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|nothing (power supply included)&lt;br /&gt;
|USB device driver&lt;br /&gt;
|Power Supply for Charging Racks required&lt;br /&gt;
|Power Supply for Charging Racks required&lt;br /&gt;
|Electrical worker(or two) for on wall mount required&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Upgrade_DECT_handset_firmware&amp;diff=12299</id>
		<title>Howto:Upgrade DECT handset firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Upgrade_DECT_handset_firmware&amp;diff=12299"/>
		<updated>2008-10-28T15:06:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP50&lt;br /&gt;
* IP52&lt;br /&gt;
* IP54&lt;br /&gt;
* IP55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
For problems relating to upgrading firmware on DECT handsets, please contact the KIRK support team using the following email address: emeadksupport@polycom.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To speed up the support process, you should send the current firmware version within your support request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use the *99984* service code to determine the firmware number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Service_codes_for_the_innovaphone_IP_Dect_handsets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Where_to_find_SNMP_MIB_for_innovaphone_gateways&amp;diff=11093</id>
		<title>Howto:Where to find SNMP MIB for innovaphone gateways</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Where_to_find_SNMP_MIB_for_innovaphone_gateways&amp;diff=11093"/>
		<updated>2008-08-06T08:09:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The MIB is always part of the latest firmware pack ,in the folder tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go to the related articels below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.innovaphone.com/ice/6.00/ download site]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--*[[Main_Page|wiki-innovaphone]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:What_are_the_Release_Notes_Documents%3F&amp;diff=8663</id>
		<title>Reference:What are the Release Notes Documents?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:What_are_the_Release_Notes_Documents%3F&amp;diff=8663"/>
		<updated>2008-03-12T15:08:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;innovaphone publishes the then-current [[Support:DVL-Roadmap|development roadmap]] on a daily basis in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document reflects the current status of development and planning.  It thus may change without notice (except that any changes will be published in an update of this roadmap).  All entries reflect current thinking.  &#039;&#039;&#039;In no way are they intended as a commitment, neither with respect to planned functionality, nor to delivery dates&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then again, the roadmap contains most valuable information to our partners.  It shows what our current thinking is, which feature requests did make it into the roadmap and what priority is assigned to it.  Also, it will indicate if or if not an item is being worked on, or has been completed even.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to know what is going on with innovaphone&#039;s product development, this is the right source.  If you need to give commitment to your customers, it is not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format and Structure == &lt;br /&gt;
The roadmap is structured in chapters, each describing a forthcoming major milestone.  This is usually &lt;br /&gt;
* the hotfixes for the current (service) release (for a more complete definition of these terms, see the [[Howto:How the build number scheme works|description of the build numbering scheme]])&lt;br /&gt;
* the upcoming service release and releases&lt;br /&gt;
* planned hardware releases&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each item, there may be a deadline, indicated in the chapters headline (such as &#039;&#039;07/44&#039;&#039; (year/week) in [[Support:DVL-Roadmap#07/44_SR2:_Diagnostics|07/44 SR2: Diagnostics]]).  This is our best estimate as of now, again it is not intended as a delivery date commitment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each chapter has a number of subchapters describing items that we think are of major interest to everyone.  However, there will allways be a number of issues that are not of general interest, but may be nonetheless of utmost importance to some of our partners.  Those items are summarized briefly under the [[Support:DVL-Roadmap#Other Items for 07/44 SR2: Diagnostics|Other Items for &#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;]] heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each issue shows the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| Assigned  || user&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Status  || &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{ Assigned | Feedback | Resolved | Closed }&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Priority  || &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; { low | &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;none&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| normal  | high | urgent | immediate }&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Id || &#039;&#039;number&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;description&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;Feedback&#039;&#039; status indicates some clarification that is still required.  &#039;&#039;Resolved&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Closed&#039;&#039; indicate that the issue has been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &#039;&#039;immediate&#039;&#039; priority indicates an item that is currently being worked on (unless it is &#039;&#039;Resolved&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;Closed&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:DVL-Roadmap]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:What_are_the_Release_Notes_Documents%3F&amp;diff=8662</id>
		<title>Reference:What are the Release Notes Documents?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:What_are_the_Release_Notes_Documents%3F&amp;diff=8662"/>
		<updated>2008-03-12T15:08:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;innovaphone publishes the then-current [[Support:DVL-Roadmap|development roadmap]] on a daily basis in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document reflects the current status of development and planning.  It thus may change without notice (except that any changes will be published in an update of this roadmap).  All entries reflect current thinking.  &#039;&#039;&#039;In no way are they intended as a commitment, neither with respect to planned functionality, nor to delivery dates&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then again, the roadmap contains most valuable information to our partners.  It shows what our current thinking is, which feature requests did make it into the roadmap and what priority is assigned to it.  Also, it will indicate if or if not an item is being worked on, or has been completed even.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to know what is going on with innovaphone&#039;s product development, this is the right source.  If you need to give commitment to your customers, it is not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Format and Structure == &lt;br /&gt;
The roadmap is structured in chapters, each describing a forthcoming major milestone.  This is usually &lt;br /&gt;
* the hotfixes for the current (service) release (for a more complete definition of these terms, see the [[Howto:How the build number scheme works|description of the build numbering scheme]])&lt;br /&gt;
* the upcoming service release and releases&lt;br /&gt;
* planned hardware releases&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each item, there may be a deadline, indicated in the chapters headline (such as &#039;&#039;07/44&#039;&#039; (jear/week) in [[Support:DVL-Roadmap#07/44_SR2:_Diagnostics|07/44 SR2: Diagnostics]]).  This is our best estimate as of now, again it is not intended as a delivery date commitment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each chapter has a number of subchapters describing items that we think are of major interest to everyone.  However, there will allways be a number of issues that are not of general interest, but may be nonetheless of utmost importance to some of our partners.  Those items are summarized briefly under the [[Support:DVL-Roadmap#Other Items for 07/44 SR2: Diagnostics|Other Items for &#039;&#039;xxx&#039;&#039;]] heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each issue shows the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| Assigned  || user&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Status  || &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{ Assigned | Feedback | Resolved | Closed }&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Priority  || &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; { low | &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;none&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| normal  | high | urgent | immediate }&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Id || &#039;&#039;number&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;description&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;Feedback&#039;&#039; status indicates some clarification that is still required.  &#039;&#039;Resolved&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Closed&#039;&#039; indicate that the issue has been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &#039;&#039;immediate&#039;&#039; priority indicates an item that is currently being worked on (unless it is &#039;&#039;Resolved&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;Closed&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Support:DVL-Roadmap]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=8634</id>
		<title>Howto:V6 and V7 on IP21, IP200 (old), IP202 and IP400</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=8634"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T14:03:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Due to flash and dram memory limitations, full the V6 feature set is not available on some older innovaphone platforms.  You should generally consider replacing IP400 by IP305, as well as IP202 by a combination of IP110/IP200 and IP302.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP400&lt;br /&gt;
* IP21&lt;br /&gt;
* IP200 (the old one, not IP200A, see label on the back)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running V6 up to and including V6 SR1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
On all IP400, all IP21 and IP202 with 8 MB Ram and 2MB Flash (see the info screen for details on how much memory your IP202 features), the V6 PBX will not run.  The IP400 and IP21 firmware thus does not include the PBX at all.&lt;br /&gt;
For the IP202, there are 2 downloads available, &#039;&#039;&#039;ip202.bin&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes the PBX and &#039;&#039;&#039;ip202phone.bin&#039;&#039;&#039; which does not.  &#039;&#039;&#039;ip202.bin&#039;&#039;&#039; will not work on older IP202 platforms with only 2MB flash memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The V6 Gateway/Gatekeeper - aka “Relay” - will still work on IP400 and IP21, but not on the smaller IP202 (in fact, the &#039;&#039;&#039;ip202phone.bin&#039;&#039;&#039; is identical to the &#039;&#039;&#039;ip200.bin&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the size of flash/dram at the webinterface of your unit (General -&amp;gt; Info). A line like &#039;&#039;&#039;Version V5.01 sr1-hotfix IP202[05-5874], Bootcode[336], HW[224] &#039;&#039;4096&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;8192&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; indicates 4MB flash and 8MB dram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+V6 PBX compatibility for old devices &lt;br /&gt;
!width=160|&lt;br /&gt;
!width=150|V5 Gateway and PBX&lt;br /&gt;
!width=100|V6 Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
!width=100|V6 PBX&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|IP21&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|IP400&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|IP202 with 2MB Flash&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|----&lt;br /&gt;
|IP202 with 4MB Flash&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running V6 SR2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
From V6 SR2, there are addtional limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP200 (not IP200A) and IP202 with 2 MB Flash will include neither PPP nor NAT (this means no PPTP and PPPoE either).  The phone can thus not be used as a router anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IP400 does not include PPP (and thus no PPTP or PPPoE either), NAT, Telnet, Update, Aping, TCP-SIP und - as before - the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Feature_Codes&amp;diff=7323</id>
		<title>Reference:Feature Codes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Feature_Codes&amp;diff=7323"/>
		<updated>2007-12-06T10:00:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Group Join */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;On anlog lines and on DECT handsets multiple features can be invoked by dialing feature codes.&lt;br /&gt;
In general this has to be enabled by configuration so that it can be used. For all features a default for the invocation code&lt;br /&gt;
is defined, but this default can be changed on a per system basis. The following features are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CFU activate/deactivate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allows to activate and deactivate unconditional call forward for a given endpoint. For H.323 this call forwarding is set&lt;br /&gt;
in the PBX using H.450 operations. For SIP the call forwarding is set locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *21*$# to activate and #21# to deactivate. $ stands for the number to which calls are forwarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CFB activate/deactivate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allows to activate and deactivate call forward on busy for a given endpoint. For H.323 this call forwarding is set&lt;br /&gt;
in the PBX using H.450 operations. For SIP the call forwarding is set locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *67*$# to activate and #67# to deactivate. $ stands for the number to which calls are forwarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CFNR activate/deactivate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allows to activate and deactivate call forward on no response for a given endpoint. For H.323 this call forwarding is set&lt;br /&gt;
in the PBX using H.450 operations. For SIP the call forwarding is set locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *61*$# to activate and #61# to deactivate. $ stands for the number to which calls are forwarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Set Pin ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code allows to set a pin which can be used to lock/unlock the endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code for this is *99*$*$*$#. The $ stand for the three argument this feature code requires: The old pin and two times the new pin.&lt;br /&gt;
The default for the pin is &#039;0000&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lock/Unlock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to Lock and Unlock the phone. If the phone is locked no calls can be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *33*$# to lock and #33*$# to unlock. $ stands for the PIN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Do not Disturb ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to turn on and off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; for all calls. If &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; is on, all incoming calls are rejected with Cause &amp;quot;User Busy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *42# to turn on and #42# to turn off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Do not Disturb internal calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to turn on and off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; for internal calls. If &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; is on, all internal incoming calls are rejected with Cause &amp;quot;User Busy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *421# to turn on and #421# to turn off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Do not Disturb external calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to turn on and off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; for external calls. If &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot; is on, all external incoming calls are rejected with Cause &amp;quot;User Busy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *422# to turn on and #422# to turn off &amp;quot;Do not Disturb&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Call Waiting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to turn on and off &amp;quot;Call Waiting&amp;quot;. If &amp;quot;Call Waiting&amp;quot; is on, an additional call is alerting to the calling user and is indicated inband&lt;br /&gt;
with a call waiting tone. The waiting call can be accepted using R-2 or rejected using R-1. By default call waiting is off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default codes are *43# to turn on and #43# to turn off &amp;quot;Call Waiting&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Clear Local Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code clears all locally stored settings. These are&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not Disturb (internal/external)&lt;br /&gt;
*CFU,CFB,CFNR if stored locally (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
*Call Waiting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *00#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pickup Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this feature code any call which is ringing within the configured groups can be picked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *0#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pickup Directed ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this feature code a call which is ringing at a indicated extension number can be picked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *0*$#. $ stands for the extension number from which the call shall be picked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Park ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to park and uppark a call at the own extension number to a specified parking position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *16$(1) to park and #16$(1) to unpark. $(1) stands for the single digit park position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dial the code for the park a consultation call has to be initiated with R (Flash).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Park To ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to park and unpark a call to a specified park position at an specified extension number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *17$(1)$# to park and #17$(1)$# to unpark. $(1) stands for the one digit park position and $ for the extension number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dial the code for the park a consultation call has to be initiated with R (Flash).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Call Completion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This code has to be dialed to initiate call completion either in ringback state (CCNR, call completion no response) or when receiving a busy tone (CCB, call completion busy) preceeded by R.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code for call completion is 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Group Join ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These codes allow to join and leave a preconfigured group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default code is *31# to join and #31# to leave the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Not availible on IP1200 at the moment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Local Clear of MWI ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For interoperability with message centers which indicate activation of message waiting indication but no deactivation a number can be configured which when dialed locally clears the message waiting indication. Typically the number of the message center (e.g. voicemail system) is configured. This way when calling the message center (e.g. voicemail) to listen to the new messages the message waiting indication is cleared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_use_the_R-key_handling_on_the_IP1200_DECT_system&amp;diff=5913</id>
		<title>Howto:How to use the R-key handling on the IP1200 DECT system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_use_the_R-key_handling_on_the_IP1200_DECT_system&amp;diff=5913"/>
		<updated>2007-09-04T15:16:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Usage */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The IP1200 could enable or disable the R-Key handling which is necessary for transferring calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applies To===&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*        IP 1200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build V6 and later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown flash codes for transferring, holding or changing between calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Enable the “local R-key handling” at the IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage===&lt;br /&gt;
To use  the R-key functions press the R-key during a call followed by the appropriate number. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A single R-key press sets the first call on hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following codes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         1 – disconnect held call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         2 – change between call 1 and call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         4 – transfer call 1 to call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. incoming call, transferred to another extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         accept incoming call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R once&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         dial the second extension&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R2 to change between call 1 and call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R4 to transfer both calls&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get back to the base call after pressing R-Key use: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+1 - return back to base call after pressing the R-Key &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get back to the base call after forwarding the base call to another extension also use R+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+1 - disconnects current call and return back to base call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To switch between two established call connections use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+2 – change between call 1 and call 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To transfer the base call to another call extension use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+4 – transfers call 1 to call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_use_the_R-key_handling_on_the_IP1200_DECT_system&amp;diff=5912</id>
		<title>Howto:How to use the R-key handling on the IP1200 DECT system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:How_to_use_the_R-key_handling_on_the_IP1200_DECT_system&amp;diff=5912"/>
		<updated>2007-09-04T15:16:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* Known Problems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The IP1200 could enable or disable the R-Key handling which is necessary for transferring calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applies To===&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*        IP 1200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Build V6 and later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown flash codes for transferring, holding or changing between calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Enable the “local R-key handling” at the IP1200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage===&lt;br /&gt;
To use  the R-key functions press the R-key during a call followed by the appropriate number. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A single R-key press sets the first call on hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following codes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         1 – disconnect held call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         2 – change between call 1 and call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         4 – transfer call 1 to call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. incoming call, transferred to another extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         accept incoming call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R once&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         dial the second extension&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R2 to change between call 1 and call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         press R4 to transfer both calls&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get back to the base call after pressing R-Key use: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+1 - return back to base call after pressing the R-Key &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get back to the base call after forwarding the base call to another extension also use R+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+1 - disconnects current call and return back to base call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To switch between two established call connections use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+2 – change between call 1 and call 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To transfer the base call to another call extension use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+4 – transfers call 1 to call 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To establish a conference call connection use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
R+3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=5363</id>
		<title>Howto:V6 and V7 on IP21, IP200 (old), IP202 and IP400</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=5363"/>
		<updated>2007-07-20T07:12:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* More Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
Running V6 PBX on IP202 ,IP400 and IP21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to memory reasons it is not possible to run V6 PBX on IP400, IP21 and IP202 with 8 MB Ram and 2MB Flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normal V6 Gateway/Gatekeeper  (Protocols H.323/SIP)  – aka “Relay” will still work on IP400 and IP21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to run V6 Pbx on IP202 with 8MB Ram and 2 MB Flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With V6 you can run the  IP202 with 8 MB Ram and 2 MB Flash only as Phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have an IP202 with 8MB Ram and 4 MB Flash (newer generation) you can run it with V6 as Phone,  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway/Gatekeeper and V6 Pbx (as it was in V5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V6 Pbx needs minimum 4 MB Flash because of Firmware image, Vars and directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum of 8Mb Ram because the V6 Pbx Code needs for itself minimum of 4 MB Ram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the size of Flash/Ram at the Webinterface of your unit (General -&amp;gt; Info).&lt;br /&gt;
There you&#039;ll see a line like this &amp;quot;Version V5.01 sr1-hotfix IP202[05-5874], Bootcode[336], HW[224] 4096/8192&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
The two numbers after HW[224] describe the size of the Flash/Ram. In this example the unit got a 4 MB Flash and a 8 MB Ram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=5362</id>
		<title>Howto:V6 and V7 on IP21, IP200 (old), IP202 and IP400</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:V6_and_V7_on_IP21,_IP200_(old),_IP202_and_IP400&amp;diff=5362"/>
		<updated>2007-07-20T07:11:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kti: /* More Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
Running V6 PBX on IP202 ,IP400 and IP21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP400&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to memory reasons it is not possible to run V6 PBX on IP400, IP21 and IP202 with 8 MB Ram and 2MB Flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normal V6 Gateway/Gatekeeper  (Protocols H.323/SIP)  – aka “Relay” will still work on IP400 and IP21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to run V6 Pbx on IP202 with 8MB Ram and 2 MB Flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With V6 you can run the  IP202 with 8 MB Ram and 2 MB Flash only as Phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have an IP202 with 8MB Ram and 4 MB Flash (newer generation) you can run it with V6 as Phone,  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway/Gatekeeper and V6 Pbx (as it was in V5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V6 Pbx needs minimum 4 MB Flash because of Firmware image, Vars and directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum of 8Mb Ram because the V6 Pbx Code needs for itself minimum of 4 MB Ram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can check the size of Flash/Ram at the Webinterface of your unit (General -&amp;gt; Info).&lt;br /&gt;
There you&#039;ll see a line like this &amp;quot;Version V5.01 sr1-hotfix IP202[05-5874], Bootcode[336], HW[224] 4096/8192&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The two numbers after HW[224] describe the size of the Flash/Ram. In this example the unit got a 4 MB Flash and a 8 MB Ram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kti</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>